Document:

Exhibit 4.1 

 

 

SGH ESCROW CORPORATION, 

as Issuer 

and 

the GUARANTORS named herein 

10.000% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019 

 

INDENTURE 

Dated as of January 8, 2015 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

as Trustee and Notes Collateral Trustee 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

	
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	
  
	
1

	
 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
	
  
	
1

	
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.
	
  
	
29

	
SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction.
	
  
	
29

	
 

ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	
  
	
30

	
 

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes.
	
  
	
30

	
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating.
	
  
	
31

	
SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.
	
  
	
31

	
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.
	
  
	
32

	
SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	
  
	
32

	
SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists.
	
  
	
32

	
SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.
	
  
	
33

	
SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes.
	
  
	
39

	
SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes.
	
  
	
40

	
SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes.
	
  
	
40

	
SECTION 2.11. Cancellation.
	
  
	
40

	
SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest.
	
  
	
40

	
SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc
	
  
	
40

	
SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.
	
  
	
41

	
 

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION
	
  
	
41

	
 

SECTION 3.01. Redemption.
	
  
	
41

	
SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article.
	
  
	
41

	
SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee.
	
  
	
41

	
SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
	
  
	
41

	
SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption.
	
  
	
41

	
SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	
  
	
42

	
SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price.
	
  
	
42

	
SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part.
	
  
	
42

	
SECTION 3.09. Special Mandatory Redemption.
	
  
	
42

	
 

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	
  
	
43

	
 

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes.
	
  
	
43

	
SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information.
	
  
	
43

	
SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.
	
  
	
45

	
SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments.
	
  
	
49

	
SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	
  
	
52

	
SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales.
	
  
	
54

	
SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates.
	
  
	
56

	
SECTION 4.08. Change of Control.
	
  
	
58

	
SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate.
	
  
	
58

	
SECTION 4.10. Future Guarantors.
	
  
	
58

	
SECTION 4.11. Liens.
	
  
	
59

	
SECTION 4.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	
  
	
59

	
SECTION 4.13. Permitted Business Activities.
	
  
	
60

	
SECTION 4.14. Limitation on Business Activities of Holdings.
	
  
	
60

	
SECTION 4.15. Impairment of Security Interest.
	
  
	
61

	
SECTION 4.16. After-Acquired Property.
	
  
	
61

	
SECTION 4.17. Real Estate Mortgages and Filings; Pledge of Foreign Collateral.
	
  
	
61

	
SECTION 4.18. Activities of Escrow Issuer During the Escrow Period
	
  
	
62

	
SECTION 4.19. Escrow of Proceeds; Execution of Supplemental Indenture Upon Consummation of the Acquisition.
	
  
	
62

 

ii

 

	
SECTION 4.20. Limitation on Capital Expenditures.
	
  
	
62

	
 

ARTICLE 5 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS
	
  
	
62

	
 

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.
	
  
	
62

	
 

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	
  
	
64

	
 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.
	
  
	
64

	
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.
	
  
	
66

	
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.
	
  
	
66

	
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.
	
  
	
66

	
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.
	
  
	
67

	
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
	
  
	
67

	
SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment.
	
  
	
67

	
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.
	
  
	
67

	
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	
  
	
67

	
SECTION 6.10. Priorities.
	
  
	
67

	
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
	
  
	
68

	
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.
	
  
	
68

	
SECTION 6.13. Intercreditor Agreement.
	
  
	
68

	
SECTION 6.14. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
	
  
	
68

	
 

ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	
  
	
68

	
 

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.
	
  
	
68

	
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.
	
  
	
69

	
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
	
  
	
70

	
SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	
  
	
70

	
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults.
	
  
	
70

	
SECTION 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity.
	
  
	
70

	
SECTION 7.07. Replacement of Trustee.
	
  
	
71

	
SECTION 7.08. Successor Trustee by Merger.
	
  
	
72

	
SECTION 7.09. Eligibility; Disqualification.
	
  
	
72

	
 

ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	
  
	
72

	
 

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.
	
  
	
72

	
SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance.
	
  
	
73

	
SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money.
	
  
	
73

	
SECTION 8.04. Repayment to the Company.
	
  
	
73

	
SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations.
	
  
	
73

	
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement.
	
  
	
74

	
 

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	
  
	
74

	
 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders.
	
  
	
74

	
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders.
	
  
	
75

	
SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.
	
  
	
75

	
SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	
  
	
76

	
SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments.
	
  
	
76

	
SECTION 9.06. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount.
	
  
	
76

	
 

ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
	
  
	
76

	
 

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees.
	
  
	
76

	
SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability.
	
  
	
78

	
SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns.
	
  
	
78

	
SECTION 10.04. No Waiver.
	
  
	
78

	
SECTION 10.05. Modification.
	
  
	
79

 

iii

 

	
SECTION 10.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors.
	
  
	
79

	
 

ARTICLE 11 SECURITY DOCUMENTS
	
  
	
79

	
 

SECTION 11.01. Collateral and Security Documents.
	
  
	
79

	
SECTION 11.02. Release of Collateral.
	
  
	
79

	
SECTION 11.03. Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien.
	
  
	
80

	
SECTION 11.04. Suits to Protect the Collateral.
	
  
	
80

	
SECTION 11.05. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Security Documents.
	
  
	
81

	
SECTION 11.06. Purchaser Protected.
	
  
	
81

	
SECTION 11.07. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.
	
  
	
81

	
SECTION 11.08. Release upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations.
	
  
	
81

	
SECTION 11.09. Notes Collateral Trustee.
	
  
	
81

	
SECTION 11.10. Designations.
	
  
	
84

	
SECTION 11.11. Parallel Debt.
	
  
	
84

	
SECTION 11.12. Security Documents governed by English law.
	
  
	
85

	
 

ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
	
  
	
85

	
 

SECTION 12.01. Notices.
	
  
	
85

	
SECTION 12.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.03. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.04. When Notes Disregarded.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.05. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.06. Legal Holidays.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.07. GOVERNING LAW.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.08. No Recourse Against Others.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.09. Successors.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.10. Multiple Originals.
	
  
	
86

	
SECTION 12.11. Table of Contents; Headings.
	
  
	
87

	
SECTION 12.12. Indenture Controls.
	
  
	
87

	
SECTION 12.13. Intercreditor Agreement Governs.
	
  
	
87

	
SECTION 12.14. Severability.
	
  
	
87

 

	
EXHIBIT INDEX

	
 

Exhibit A1
	
  
	
–
	
  
	
Form of Global Note

	
Exhibit A2
	
  
	
–
	
  
	
Form of Regulation S Temporary Global Note

	
Exhibit B
	
  
	
–
	
  
	
Form of Certificate of Transfer

	
Exhibit C
	
  
	
–
	
  
	
Form of Certificate of Exchange

	
Exhibit D
	
  
	
–
	
  
	
Form of Supplemental Indenture

	
Exhibit E
	
  
	
–
	
  
	
Form of Collateral Trust Agreement

	
Exhibit F
	
  
	
–
	
  
	
Form of Intercreditor Agreement

 

 

 

 

iv

 

INDENTURE dated as of January 8, 2015 among SGH Escrow Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Escrow Issuer”), Real Alloy Intermediate Holding, LLC (“Intermediate Holdings”), a Delaware limited liability company, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and Notes Collateral Trustee (as defined below). 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture. 

ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

	
(1)
	
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 

	
(2)
	
Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable. 

“Acquisition” means the acquisition by Signature of the global recycling and specification alloys business of Aleris Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Aleris”), pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement. 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than the Initial Notes), if any, issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date. 

“Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt” has the meaning set forth under the definition of “Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt Designation.” 

“Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt Designation” means a designation under the Collateral Trust Agreement pursuant to which the Company designates as Pari Passu Lien Debt hereunder any Funded Debt incurred by the Company or any Guarantor after the Effective Date in accordance with the terms of all applicable Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents that states that: 

	
(1)
	
the Company or such Guarantor intends to incur additional Pari Passu Lien Debt (“Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt”) which will be Pari Passu Lien Debt not prohibited by any Pari Passu Lien Debt Document to be incurred and secured by a Pari Passu Lien equally and ratably with all previously existing and future Pari Passu Lien Debt; 

	
(2)
	
specifies the name and address of the Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative for such Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt for purposes of the Collateral Trust Agreement; 

	
(3)
	
states that the Company and each Guarantor has duly authorized, executed (if applicable) and recorded (or caused to be recorded) in each appropriate governmental office all relevant filings and recordations to ensure that the Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt is secured by the Collateral in accordance with the Pari Passu Lien Security Documents; 

	
(4)
	
attaches a reaffirmation agreement contemplated by the Collateral Trust Agreement, which has been duly executed by the Company and each Guarantor; and 

	
(5)
	
states that the Company have caused a copy of the Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt Designation and the related Collateral Trust Joinder to be delivered to each then existing Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative. 

“Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 

	
(1)
	
provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus 

 

1

 

	
(2)
	
Consolidated Interest Expense; plus 

	
(3)
	
depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles, deferred financing fees, debt incurrence costs, commissions, fees and expenses, but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses or charges (including any write-offs of debt issuance or deferred financing costs or fees and impairment charges and the impact on depreciation and amortization of purchase accounting) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards, but excluding any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period; plus 

	
(4)
	
the amount of net loss resulting from the payment of any premiums, fees or similar amounts that are required to be paid under the terms of the instrument(s) governing any Indebtedness upon the repayment, prepayment or other extinguishment of such Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of such Indebtedness; plus 

	
(5)
	
any expenses or charges related to the Transactions, any Equity Offering, non-ordinary course Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture; including a refinancing thereof (whether or not successful) and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transactions; plus 

	
(6)
	
any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to Applicable Accounting Standards; plus 

	
(7)
	
non-recurring unrealized losses arising from Hedging Obligations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries permitted under the Indenture; plus 

	
(8)
	
expenses to the extent covered by contractual indemnification or refunding provisions in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any acquisition or other Investment or any disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture, to the extent actually paid or refunded in cash by a third party other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; less, without duplication, 

	
(9)
	
non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period, including the amortization of employee benefit plan prior service costs); minus 

	
(10)
	
non-recurring unrealized profits arising from Hedging Obligations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries. 

For purposes of this definition, “unrealized losses” means the Fair Market Value of the cost to such Person of replacing such Hedging Obligations as of the date of determination (assuming the Hedging Obligation were to be terminated as of that date), and “unrealized profits” means the Fair Market Value of the gain to such Person of replacing such Hedging Obligations as of the date of determination (assuming such Hedging Obligation were to be terminated as of that date). 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 

“After-Acquired Property” means (i) equipment or fixtures acquired by the Company or any Guarantor after the Effective Date which constitute accretions, additions or technological upgrades to the equipment or fixtures that form part of the Notes Collateral, (ii) any equipment, fixtures and real estate of the Company or any Guarantor acquired after the Effective Date and which is not subject to a Permitted Lien pursuant to clause (6) or (10) of the definition thereof, (iii) any assets acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.06(a)(3) or pursuant to an Asset Sale Investment contemplated by clause (A) of the second paragraph of clause (a) of Section 4.06 hereof, (iv) all Capital Stock of the Company issued after the Effective Date, (v) all of the Capital Stock acquired after the Effective Date and held by the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor (which, in the case of the Capital Stock of any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, will be limited to 100% of the non-voting Capital Stock (if any) and 65% of the voting Capital Stock of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary), (vi) substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Company, Intermediate Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor acquired after the Effective Date and (vii) any asset or other property, whether personal, real or other, that was designated as an “Excluded Asset,” which asset or other property ceases to constitute an Excluded Asset. 

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 

 

2

 

“Applicable Accounting Standards” means, as of the Issue Date, GAAP; provided, however, that the Company may, upon not less than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee, change the Applicable Accounting Standards to IFRS; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company so changes to IFRS, it may elect, in its sole discretion, to continue to utilize GAAP for the purposes of making all calculations under the Indenture that are subject to Applicable Accounting Standards and the notice to the Trustee required upon the change to IFRS shall set forth whether or not the Company intends to continue to use GAAP for purposes of making all calculations under the Indenture. In the event the Company elects to change to IFRS for purposes of making calculations under the Indenture, references in the Indenture to a standard or rule under GAAP shall be deemed to refer to the most nearly comparable standard or rule under IFRS. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date as determined by the Issuer, the greater of: 

	
(1)
	
1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and 

	
(2)
	
the excess of: 

	
(A)
	
the present value at such redemption date (or date of deposit) of the sum of (i) the redemption price of such Note at January 15, 2018 (such redemption price being set forth in the applicable table appearing above under “—Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through January 15, 2018 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), such present value to be computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date (or date of deposit) plus 50 basis points; over 

	
(B)
	
the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

	
(1)
	
the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or 

	
(2)
	
the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than directors’ or other legally required qualifying shares) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 

in each case other than: 

	
(a)
	
a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

	
(b)
	
disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or other property or other disposals of equipment or other property in connection with reinvestment in or replacement of equipment or other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 

	
(c)
	
the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01(a) hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 

	
(d)
	
any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof; 

	
(e)
	
any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $5.0 million; 

	
(f)
	
any disposition of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, including by way of merger; 

	
(g)
	
any exchange of assets for assets related to a Similar Business to the extent of comparable or better market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of (1) $7.5 million shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate, and (2) $15.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved in good faith by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; 

	
(h)
	
the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business (including pursuant to that certain Memorandum of Understanding dated June 10, 2014 with the Tyler County Development Authority, Inc.); 

 

3

 

	
(i)
	
any agreement or arrangement involving, relating to or otherwise facilitating, (i) requirements contracts, (ii) tolling arrangements, and (iii) the reservation or presale of production capacity of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by one or more third parties; 

	
(j)
	
sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, trademarks, patents, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property and technology to the extent that such sale, license or sublicense does not prohibit the licensor from using such trademark, patent, trade secret, know-how, technology or other intellectual property; 

	
(k)
	
sales of accounts receivable pursuant to any Permitted Supplier Financing Arrangement; and 

	
(l)
	
a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets by the German Factoring Originator under the German Factoring Facility as long as the aggregate invoice amount of all receivables at any time outstanding with respect to which the German Factoring Originator advanced or paid a purchase price is equal to or less than €50.0 million. 

For purposes of this definition of “Asset Sale,” a transaction that would otherwise be an Asset Sale need not be excluded pursuant solely to one clause above and may be divided among the clauses above as well as excluded in part pursuant to one or more of such clauses and treated in part as an Asset Sale pursuant to Section 4.06 hereof. 

“Asset Sale Cash Equivalents” means, in connection with an Asset Sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

	
(a)
	
any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees of the Notes, as the case may be) that are (i) assumed by the transferee of any assets pursuant to an Asset Sale or (ii) retired, cancelled or otherwise terminated in connection with such Asset Sale; 

	
(b)
	
any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and 

	
(c)
	
except in the case of an Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral, any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) 1.0% of Total Assets and (y) $10.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 

“Asset Sale Investment” means an investment in any one or more businesses, assets or capital expenditures, in each case used or useful in a Similar Business; provided, however, that if such investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or, if such Person is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in an increase in the percentage ownership of such Person by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code. 

“Board of Directors” means as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Expenditures” means for any period all direct or indirect (by way of acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person or the expenditure of cash or the transfer of property or the incurrence of Indebtedness) expenditures in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of fixed or capital assets that would be required to be capitalized in conformity with GAAP, excluding (i) normal replacement and maintenance programs properly charged to current operations, (ii) the purchase price of equipment to the extent that the consideration therefor consists of used, worn out, damaged, obsolete or surplus equipment being traded in at such time or the proceeds of a concurrent sale of such used, worn out, damaged, obsolete or surplus equipment, (iii) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another entity or business unit (such as a division) as permitted by the terms of the indenture, (iv) the amount of any expenditures used to replace assets that have suffered a casualty for which insurance proceeds 

 

4

 

have been received or have been properly recorded as receivable and (v) any item customarily charged directly to expense or depreciated over a useful life of twelve (12) months or less in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

	
(1)
	
in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

	
(2)
	
in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 

	
(3)
	
in the case of a partnership, limited liability company or sociedad de responsabilidad limitada, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 

	
(4)
	
any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

	
(1)
	
U.S. dollars or any other currency held from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 

	
(2)
	
securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of, or any agency or instrumentality of, the United States of America, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years after the date of acquisition; 

	
(3)
	
certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years and overnight bank deposits and demand deposits (in their respective local currencies), in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million or the foreign currency equivalent thereof; 

	
(4)
	
repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

	
(5)
	
commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or, in the case of an obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized credit rating agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 

	
(6)
	
readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 

	
(7)
	
Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of their Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or, in the case of an obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized credit rating agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and 

	
(8)
	
investment funds investing at least 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above. 

“Change of Control” means: 

	
(1)
	
the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder, 

	
(2)
	
the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, 

 

5

 

	
(3)
	
the Company or Escrow Issuer ceasing to be at any time a direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings and a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Signature, 

	
(4)
	
the merger, consolidation, amalgamation or arrangement of Signature with or into another Person or the merger, consolidation, amalgamation or arrangement of another Person with or into Signature or the merger, consolidation, amalgamation or arrangement of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of Signature, unless the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of Signature, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the surviving or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person, or 

	
(5)
	
a change of control under the documentation governing the Equity Issuances; 

provided, however, that (1) a transaction in which Signature or any direct or indirect parent of the Company becomes a Subsidiary of another Person (other than a Person that is an individual, such Person that is not an individual, the “New Parent”) shall not constitute a Change of Control if (a) the shareholders of Signature or such parent immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of Signature or such parent, immediately following the consummation of such transaction or (b) immediately following the consummation of such transaction, no “person” (as such term is defined above), other than a Permitted Holder and the New Parent (but including the holders of the Equity Interests of the Other Person), “beneficially owns” (as such term is defined above), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Signature or the New Parent; (2) any transaction in which the Company remains a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Signature, but one or more intermediate holding companies between Signature and the Company are added, liquidated, merged or consolidated out of existence, shall not constitute a Change of Control; (3) any holding company whose only significant asset is Capital Stock of the Company, Signature or any direct or indirect parent of the Company shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group” for purposes of this definition; (4) the transfer of assets between or among the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture shall not itself constitute a Change of Control; (5) a “person” or “group” shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities (or “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act)) subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement; (6) the term “Change of Control” shall not include a merger or consolidation of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) with, or the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (or direct or indirect parent thereof) to, an Affiliate incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction and/or for the sole purpose of forming or collapsing a holding company structure; and (7) a sale of assets pursuant to an Asset Sale permitted by Section 4.06 hereof or a transfer of Net Proceeds related thereto shall not itself constitute a Change of Control. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Collateral” means all the assets and properties subject to the Liens created by the Security Documents. 

“Collateral Trust Agreement” means the Collateral Trust Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereof to be dated as of the Effective Date, among the Issuer, Intermediate Holdings, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Trustee, the additional Pari Passu Lien Representatives from time to time party thereto and the Notes Collateral Trustee. 

“Collateral Trust Joinder” means as to any Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt, the written agreement of a representative of holders of such Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt, as set forth in the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt, whereby such Person agrees to become party as a Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative under the Collateral Trust Agreement and whereby such Person, on behalf of itself and each holder of Pari Passu Lien Obligations in respect of the Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt for which such Person is acting as Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative agrees, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of each current and future Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt, each current and future Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative, and each current and future Pari Passu Lien Secured Party and Pari Passu Lien Obligations and as a condition to being treated as Pari Passu Lien Debt under the Collateral Trust Agreement that: 

(a)         all Pari Passu Lien Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Pari Passu Liens at any time granted by the Issuer or any Guarantor to secure any Pari Passu Lien Obligations in respect of any Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt, whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral for such Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt, and that all such Passu Lien Liens will be enforceable by the Notes Collateral Trustee for the benefit of all Pari Passu Lien 

 

6

 

Secured Party equally and ratably; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision will not be violated with respect to any particular Collateral and any particular Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt if the Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents in respect thereof prohibit the applicable Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative from accepting the benefit of a Pari Passu Lien on any particular asset or property or such Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative otherwise expressly declines in writing to accept the benefit of a Pari Passu Lien on such asset or property; 

(b)        such Person and each holder of Pari Passu Lien Obligations in respect of the Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt for which the undersigned is acting as Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative are bound by the provisions of Collateral Trust Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Pari Passu Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Pari Passu Liens; and 

(c)         the Notes Collateral Trustee shall perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement and the other Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents. 

“Company” means Real Alloy Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be accounted for as an Investment. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person (the “Specified Person”) for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1)         consolidated interest expense of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees and expensing of any bridge or other financing fees); 

(2)         consolidated capitalized interest of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; 

(3)         commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred for such period in connection with the German Factoring Facility which are payable to Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(4)         dividends accrued for such period in respect of all Disqualified Stock of the Specified Person and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock (including Designated Preferred Stock) of any such Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (in each such case other than (x) dividends payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and (y) dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding); and 

(5)         interest accruing for such period on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the Specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; less 

(6)         interest income of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that: 

(1)         any net after-tax extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) and any restructuring expenses, including any severance expenses, relocation expenses, one-time compensation charges, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses and fees, expenses or charges relating to facilities closing costs, acquisition evaluation, diligence and integration costs, facilities opening costs, business optimization costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses or expenses (including relating to severance, relocation, one-time compensation charges, the acquisition transaction and reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses, facilities closing costs, facilities opening costs, business optimization costs, costs or charges associated with reductions in force and signing, retention or completion bonuses) shall be excluded; 

(2)         the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application in each case in accordance with Applicable Accounting Principles shall be excluded; 

 

7

 

(3)         any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded; 

(4)         any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded; 

(5)         the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, however, that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends, distributions or other payments made to a Restricted Subsidiary to the limitations contained in clause below); 

(6)         solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(iii)(1) of the first paragraph of Section 4.04 hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided, however, that the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included; 

(7)         any increase in amortization or depreciation or other noncash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition (excluding, for the absence of doubt, the Acquisition) that is consummated after the Effective Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 

(8)         any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 

(9)         any unrealized net after-tax income (loss) from Hedging Obligations or cash management Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” or from other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 

(10)         currency translation gains or losses (or similar charges) or net gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk entered in relation with Indebtedness) will be excluded; 

(11)         any charges resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805 “Business Combinations,” Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” Accounting Standards Codification Topic 360-10-35-15 “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (other than with respect to impairments or write-offs of inventory), Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480-10-25-4 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—Overall—Recognition” or Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” shall be excluded; 

(12)         non-cash interest expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt—Debt with Conversion Options—Recognition” shall be excluded; 

(13)         all net after-tax charges, expenses, gain or income with respect to curtailments, discontinuations or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded; 

(14)         any (a) one-time non-cash compensation charges and (b) non-cash costs or expenses resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans, compensation charges or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or awards of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights will be excluded; 

(15)         the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of such Person or is merged into or consolidated with Intermediate Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall be excluded; and 

(16)         if and to the extent that, as a result of the operation of Applicable Accounting Standards, the Company’s Consolidated Net Income (determined in the absence of this clause (16)) would not reflect any taxes that the Company (and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would otherwise have included in its Consolidated Net Income as a stand-alone consolidated, combined or similar income tax group due to the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries being a 

 

8

 

member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which a direct or indirect parent of the Company is the common parent, such taxes shall be included and treated as tax liabilities of the Company. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 hereof only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04 pursuant to clauses (iv)(4) and (5) of paragraph (a) thereof. 

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination that constitutes Secured Indebtedness to (b) the aggregate amount of Adjusted EBITDA for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are available in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Adjusted EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Hedging Obligations and any undrawn letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards. 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(1)         to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 

(2)         to advance or supply funds: 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or 

(3)         to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Credit Agreement” means (i) one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the North America ABL Facility and the German Factoring Facility), in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original agents, lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time after the Effective Date, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof, and (ii) whether or not any credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Company in writing to the Trustee to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. Any agreement or instrument other than the North America ABL Facility or the German Factoring Facility in effect on the Effective Date must be designated in writing delivered to the Trustee by the Company as a “Credit Agreement” for purposes of the Indenture in order to be deemed a Credit Agreement. 

“Credit Documents” means the collective reference to the Credit Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 

 

9

 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.07, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event: 

	
(1)
	
matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided, however, that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes (including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto)), 

	
(2)
	
is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person, or 

	
(3)
	
is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, 

in each case prior to 91 days after the last maturity date of the Notes; 

provided , however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided further, however, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 

“Effective Date” means (1) if the Acquisition is consummated on the Issue Date, the Issue Date and (2) otherwise, the Escrow Release Date. 

“Equity Bridge” means borrowings by Signature of bridge loans (which shall not be guaranteed by Intermediate Holdings or the Company or any of their Subsidiaries) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50 million. 

“Equity Contribution” means the contribution by Intermediate Holdings to the common equity capital of the Company or the Escrow Issuer of the net proceeds of the $175.0 million contribution by Signature (less the amount, if any, of up to $60.0 million of the preferred equity of Signature issued to Aleris (x) as a portion of the consideration for the Acquisition pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement (the “Seller Preferred Consideration”) and (y) pursuant to the Backstop Agreement (the “Aleris Backstop Commitment”)) of cash (and in no event less than 30% of the pro forma capitalization of the Company after consummation of the Acquisition (including up to $60 million of such Seller Preferred Consideration and Aleris Backstop Commitment in such calculation as if it were issued by Signature for cash and contributed in cash to Intermediate Holdings in the form of common equity capital of Intermediate Holdings)) to the common equity capital of Intermediate Holdings. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

 

10

 

“Equity Issuances” means the Equity Bridge and/or issuances by Signature of its common equity (including warrants and rights to purchase common equity) and/or preferred equity consummated on or prior to the Effective Date, at least $125 million (less the amount, if any, of up to $60 million of preferred equity of Signature issued to the seller under the Purchase and Sale Agreement as a portion of the consideration for the Acquisition) of the net proceeds of which will be contributed to Intermediate Holdings in the form of common equity capital of Intermediate Holdings, and Intermediate Holdings shall contribute the full amount of such net proceeds in cash to the Company in the form of common equity of the Company, to finance the Acquisition and related fees and expenses. 

“Equity Offering” means an underwritten or registered direct primary public offering of common stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable, in each case pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, excluding any Equity Issuance or the Equity Contribution. 

“Escrow Investments” means any of the following securities: 

	
(1)
	
Treasury Securities; 

	
(2)
	
investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits, in each case maturing no later than the applicable Outside Date, entitled to U.S. Federal deposit insurance for the full amount thereof or issued by a bank or trust company (including the Escrow Agent or an affiliate of the Escrow Agent) that is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500.0 million; 

	
(3)
	
investments in commercial paper maturing no later than the applicable Outside Date and having, at the date of acquisition, a credit rating no lower than A-1 from S&P or P-1 from Moody’s; 

	
(4)
	
repurchase obligations maturing no later than the applicable Outside Date entered into with a nationally recognized broker-dealer, with respect to which the purchased securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof, which repurchase obligations shall be entered into pursuant to written agreements; and 

	
(5)
	
money market mutual funds that invest in items (1) through (4) above and are registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and operated in accordance with Rule 2a-7 and that at the time of such investment are rated Aaa by Moody’s and/or AAA by S&P, including such funds for which the Notes Trustee or an affiliate provides investment advice or other services. 

“Escrow Release Date” means the date the Escrow Agent releases the Escrowed Funds to the Escrow Issuer. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 

“Excluded Account” means any deposit account now or hereafter owned by the Company or any Guarantor that is used solely by the Company or such Guarantor (a) as a payroll account so long as such payroll account is a zero balance account, (b) as a petty cash account so long as the aggregate amount on deposit in all petty cash accounts of the Company and all Guarantors does not exceed $50,000 at any one time for all such deposit accounts combined, (c) commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts holding customary initial deposits and margin deposits securing Hedging Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, (d) to hold amounts required to be paid in connection with workers compensation claims, unemployment insurance, social security benefits and other similar forms of governmental insurance benefits, (e) to hold amounts which are required to be pledged or otherwise provided as security as required by law or pension requirement, or (f) as a withholding tax or fiduciary account; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, any deposit account that is not included in the definition of “Excluded Accounts” in the North America ABL Facility shall also not be included in this definition. 

“Excluded Assets” means the collective reference to: 

	
(1)
	
any lease, license, contract or agreement to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party, and any of its rights or interest thereunder, if and to the extent that a security interest is prohibited by or in violation of (i) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or such Guarantor, or (ii) a term, provision or condition of any such lease, license, contract or agreement (unless such law, rule, regulation, term, provision or condition would be rendered ineffective with respect to the creation of the security interest hereunder pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity); provided however that the Excluded Assets shall not include (and security interest under the Security Documents shall attach) immediately at such time as the contractual or legal 

 

11

 

		
prohibition shall no longer be applicable and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such lease, license, contract or agreement not subject to the prohibitions specified in subclauses (i) or (ii) above; provided further that the exclusions referred to in this clause (1) of this definition shall not include any Proceeds (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction) of any such lease, license, contract or agreement; 

	
(2)
	
any of the outstanding Capital Stock of a First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the voting Capital Stock and 100% of the non-voting Capital Stock (if any) of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary; 

	
(3)
	
any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a trademark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law; 

	
(4)
	
any equity interests in, and the assets and properties of, the Excluded Subsidiary; or 

	
(5)
	
Excluded Accounts. 

“Excluded Subsidiary” means IMSAMET of Arizona, an Arizona general partnership, 70% of whose partnership interest is owned by Aleris Recycling, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and 30% of whose partnership interest is owned by Magna Aluminum, Inc., a California corporation, until and unless the Excluded Subsidiary becomes a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Except as expressly provided to the contrary, the Fair Market Value of assets or property other than cash shall be determined in good faith by the Company and (1) in the event of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $7.5 million, shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate or (2) in the event of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company. 

“First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary” means a Foreign Subsidiary more than 50% of the voting Capital Stock of which is directly owned by the Company and/or a Guarantor. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but substantially concurrently with or prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, and the use of proceeds therefrom (if applicable), as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

	
(1)
	
Investments, acquisitions, mergers, consolidations, dispositions, amalgamations, discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards), or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by, merged or consolidated with Intermediate Holdings, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect, including giving effect to Pro Forma Cost Savings, as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period; 

	
(2)
	
the Adjusted EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 

	
(3)
	
the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of Intermediate Holdings, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 

 

12

 

	
(4)
	
any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; 

	
(5)
	
any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and 

	
(6)
	
if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness). 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. For purposes of determining whether any Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee may be incurred, the interest on the Indebtedness to be guaranteed shall be included in calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a pro forma basis. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia. 

“Funded Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 

	
(1)
	
in respect of borrowed money or advances; or 

	
(2)
	
evidenced by indentures, bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments. 

For the avoidance of doubt, “Funded Debt” shall not include Secured Hedging Obligations. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in (i) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and (iii) in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case which are in effect on the Issue Date. 

“German Factor” means GE Capital Bank AG, Heinrich-von-Brentano-Straße 2, 55130 Mainz, together with its permitted successors and assigns. 

“German Factoring Agreement” means the Factoring Agreement, dated on or prior to the Effective Date, between the German Factor and the German Factoring Originator, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“German Factoring Collateral” means the assets and property of any German Factoring Originator in or upon which a Lien is required to be granted to secure the obligations of such German Factoring Originator under the German Factoring Documents. 

“German Factoring Documents” means the “Factoring Documents” under and defined in the German Factoring Agreement, in each case, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“German Factoring Facility” means the accounts receivable factoring facility provided to the German Factoring Originator under the German Factoring Documents. 

“German Factoring Originator” means Aleris Recycling (German Works) GmbH, an entity incorporated under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany as a limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung). 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(2). 

 

13

 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 and A2 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.02, 2.07(b)(3), 2.07(d)(2) or 2.07(e). 

“Government Obligations” means securities that are: 

	
(1)
	
direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or 

	
(2)
	
obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“Grantors” means the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 

“Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor. 

“Hedge Agreement” means any agreement governing Hedging Obligations; provided that the counterparty thereto has delivered a Collateral Trust Joinder in respect thereof under the Collateral Trust Agreement. The term “Hedge Agreement” shall include both any “master agreement” and any related transaction and the related confirmations that are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any Hedge Agreement; it being understood and agreed that a Collateral Trust Joinder shall only be required once for each master agreement and shall not be required for each individual transaction or confirmation thereunder. 

“Hedge Bank” means Goldman Sachs Bank USA or any of its Affiliates that delivers a Collateral Trust Joinder. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person (whether as a primary obligor or a guarantor) under: currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and other agreements or arrangements, in each case designed to manage exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices (including fluctuations in commodity prices of any metal or fuel). 

“holder,” “Holder,” “noteholder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards, as promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any successor board or agency), as in effect on the date of the election, if any, by the Company to change Applicable Accounting Standards to IFRS; provided, however, that IFRS shall not include any provision of such standards that would require a lease that would be classified as an operating lease under GAAP to be classified as Indebtedness or a finance or capital lease. 

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. 

 

14

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person: 

	
(1)
	
the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof), (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor (whether or not an Affiliate) (provided that in each case such trade payable or similar Obligation to a trade creditor is Incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary trade practices), (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (e) representing the net obligation under any Hedging Obligations and (f) of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in such entity, except to the extent that the terms of such indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor or such Person has no liability therefor as a matter of law), if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards; 

	
(2)
	
the principal and interest portions of all rental obligations of such Person under any synthetic lease or similar off-balance sheet financing where such transaction is considered to be borrowed money for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP. 

	
(3)
	
any contractual obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person to pay or be liable for the payment of any indebtedness described in this definition of another Person, including, without limitation, any such indebtedness, directly or indirectly guaranteed, or any agreement to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such indebtedness, obligation or liability or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge thereof, or to maintain solvency, assets, level of income, or other financial condition; 

	
(4)
	
to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; and 

	
(5)
	
to the extent not otherwise included, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the amount then outstanding (including amounts advanced, and received by, and available for use by, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) under the German Factoring Facility (as set forth in the books and records of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and confirmed by the German Factor; provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time, in accordance with the terms hereof. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Similar Business, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

“Initial Notes” means $305,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 10.000% Senior Secured Notes Due 2019 issued on the Issue Date. 

“Initial Purchasers” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” shall mean (a) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, (b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to the Company or any Guarantor or with respect to any of its assets, (c) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of the Company or any Guarantor whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (d) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company or any Guarantor. 

 

15

 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto to be dated as of the Effective Date, among General Electric Capital Corporation, as North America ABL Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Trustee, Intermediate Holdings, the Company; and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture. 

“Intermediate Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Indenture. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, without regard to outlook. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1)         securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition, 

(2)         investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clause (1) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and 

(3)         corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by Applicable Accounting Standards to be classified on the balance sheet of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04 hereof: 

	
(1)
	
“Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to: 

	
(A)
	
the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less 

	
(B)
	
the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 

	
(2)
	
any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. 

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original amount of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received by Intermediate Holdings, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment. 

“Issue Date” means January 8, 2015, the date on which the Initial Notes are issued. 

“Issuer” refers to 

	
·
	
prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer; and 

	
·
	
from and after the Effective Date, Company. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or in the case of a payment, the place of payment. 

 

16

 

“Lenders Debt” means all (i) Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the North America ABL Facility (including all principal, interest, fees, costs and expenses thereunder), (ii) any Indebtedness which has a priority security interest relative to the Notes in the North America ABL Collateral pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) all Obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging Obligations directly related to any Lenders Debt and (iv) all Obligations incurred with the North America ABL Facility Lenders (or their affiliates) in connection with the delivery of cash management and related services and other commercial bank products as described in the North American ABL Facility. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any other agreement to give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease or an agreement to sell other than as described above be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Mexico” means the United Mexican States. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 

“Mortgages” shall have the meaning set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction (including to obtain any required consent therefor), and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. In the case of any Asset Sale that involves the sale of any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that owns assets that constitute North America ABL Collateral, the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale attributable to such Capital Stock shall also be net of the Fair Market Value of the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary constituting North America ABL Collateral. 

“North America ABL Collateral” means: (i) accounts and chattel paper, in each case other than to the extent constituting identifiable proceeds of Notes Collateral; (ii) deposit accounts, securities accounts and commodity accounts (and all cash, checks and other negotiable instruments, funds securities, commodity contracts and other evidences of payment held therein or other assets held therein), in each case solely to the extent established to hold proceeds of North America ABL Collateral (but, in any event, excluding any deposit account or securities account used exclusively for identifiable proceeds of Notes Collateral); (iii) all inventory; (iv) to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise reasonably related to any of the foregoing, all documents, general intangibles, instruments, commercial tort claims, letters of credit, letter of credit rights and supporting obligations; provided, however, that to the extent any of the foregoing also evidence, govern, secure or otherwise reasonably relate to any Notes Collateral only that portion that evidences, governs, secures or reasonably relates to North America ABL Collateral shall constitute North America ABL Collateral; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not include any rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including the copyrights, the copyright licenses, the patents, the patent licenses, the trademarks, the trademark licenses, the trade secrets, the computer software and any registered internet domain names, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom; (v) all books, records and documents related to the foregoing (including databases, customer lists and other records, whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the foregoing); (vi) insurance and claims against third parties to the extent arising on account of North America ABL Collateral; provided, however, that one hundred percent (100%) of the proceeds of and payments under all policies of business interruption insurance shall constitute North America ABL Collateral; (vii) any payment made by Seller in favor of any Grantor in respect of any purchase price adjustment pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement; and (viii) all proceeds and products of any or all of the foregoing in whatever form 

 

17

 

received, but excluding any property that is directly acquired prior to the commencement of any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with cash proceeds of any North America ABL Collateral and does not otherwise constitute North America ABL Collateral upon its acquisition. All terms used in above in this definition of “North America ABL Collateral” defined in the Uniform Commercial Code have the meanings assigned to them in the Uniform Commercial Code. 

“North America ABL Facility” means (i) the Credit Agreement, to be dated on or prior to the Effective Date, among Intermediate Holdings, the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of Intermediate Holdings designated as a “Borrower” or “Credit Party” thereunder, the lenders party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation (or an affiliate thereof) as administrative agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original agents, lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof, and (ii) whether or not the facility referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Company in writing to the Trustee to be included in the definition of “North America ABL Facility,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 

“North America ABL Facility Administrative Agent” means General Electric Capital Corporation and any successors thereof under the North America ABL Facility, acting as administrative agents on behalf of the lenders under the North America ABL Facility and any other Lenders Debt, or if there is no North America ABL Facility, the “Bank Collateral Agent” designated pursuant to the terms of the Lenders Debt. 

“North America ABL Facility Lenders” means the lenders or holders of Indebtedness issued under the North America ABL Facility. 

“Note Documents” means this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes. 

“Notes Collateral” means the portion of the Collateral as to which the Notes and other Pari Passu Lien Debt have a priority security interest relative to the security interest securing Lenders Debt pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Notes Collateral Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as “Notes Collateral Trustee” under the Indenture, the Collateral Trust Agreement and under the other Security Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity. 

“Notes Obligations” means (i) Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Indenture or any of the Security Documents, (ii) Secured Hedging Obligations, (iii) Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors that are secured equally and ratably with the Obligations under clause (i) and (iv) any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, would have accrued on any obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), premium, penalties, fees, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other amounts due under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided, however, that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the holders of such Notes. 

“Offering Circular” means the Offering Circular dated December 23, 2014, with respect to the Notes. 

“Office of the Trustee” means the office of Wilmington Trust, National Association at the address set forth in Section 12.01, or as notified in writing to the parties hereto by the Trustee. 

 

18

 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Corporate Controller of the Escrow Issuer or the Company, as applicable. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Escrow Issuer or the Company, as applicable, by one Officer of the Escrow Issuer or the Company, as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and may be subject to customary assumptions, exclusions and qualifications. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. 

“Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means (a) any Additional Notes, (b) any other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Notes with respect to Lien priority; provided, however, that a representative or agent with respect to such Indebtedness is a Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative under the Collateral Trust Agreement and such Indebtedness is Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt, and (c) any Indebtedness that refinances or refunds (or successive refinancings and refundings) any or all Notes, Additional Notes or Indebtedness described in clause (b) and all Obligations with respect thereto. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: 

	
(1)
	
with respect to the Company, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and 

	
(2)
	
with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee. 

“Pari Passu Lien” means a Lien granted, or purported to be granted, by a Pari Passu Lien Security Document to the Notes Collateral Trustee, at any time, upon any property of the Issuer or any Guarantor to secure Pari Passu Lien Obligations. 

“Pari Passu Lien Debt” means: 

	
(1)
	
any Funded Debt now or hereafter incurred under the Indenture that was permitted to be incurred and secured under each applicable Pari Passu Lien Debt Document (or as to which the Trustee under the Indenture obtained an Officers’ Certificate delivered under (and as defined in) the Collateral Trust Agreement at the time of incurrence to the effect that such Funded Debt was permitted to be incurred and secured by all applicable Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents); 

	
(2)
	
any other Funded Debt (including, without limitation (x) Funded Debt incurred under any replacement Indenture or (y) borrowings under any other Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents) that is secured by a Pari Passu Lien and that was permitted to be incurred and permitted to be so secured under each applicable Pari Passu Lien Debt Document; provided, in the case of any Funded Debt referred to in this clause (2), that: 

	
(A)
	
on or before the date on which such Funded Debt is incurred by the Issuer or the Guarantors, such Funded Debt is designated by the Issuer as “Pari Passu Lien Debt” for the purposes of the Pari Passu Secured Debt Documents in an Additional Pari Passu Secured Debt Designation executed and delivered in accordance with Section 3.8(a) of the Collateral Trust Agreement; 

	
(B)
	
unless such Funded Debt is issued under an existing Pari Passu Lien Debt Document for any Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt whose Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative is already party to this Agreement, the Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative for such Funded Debt executes and delivers a Collateral Trust Joinder in accordance with Section 3.8(b) of the Collateral Trust Agreement; and 

	
(C)
	
all other requirements for the Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt Designation set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement have been complied with. 

For the avoidance of doubt, Secured Hedging Obligations do not constitute Pari Passu Lien Debt but may constitute Pari Passu Lien Obligations. 

“Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents” means the Indenture and any other indenture, notes, credit agreement or other agreement or instrument pursuant to which any Pari Passu Lien Debt is incurred and the Pari Passu Lien Security Documents. 

“Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative” means: 

	
(1)
	
in the case of the Indenture, the Trustee; 

 

19

 

	
(2)
	
in the case of any other Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register for such Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt and is appointed as a representative of the Pari Passu Lien Debt (for purposes related to the administration of the Pari Passu Lien Security Documents) pursuant to the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt, and who has executed a Collateral Trust Joinder; and 

	
(3)
	
in the case of any Secured Hedging Obligations owing to a Hedge Bank, such Hedge Bank. 

“Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means the Pari Passu Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect of Pari Passu Lien Debt, together with Secured Hedging Obligations, including without limitation any Post-Petition Interest whether or not allowable, and all guarantees of any of the foregoing. In addition to the foregoing, all obligations owing to the Notes Collateral Trustee in its capacity as such, whether pursuant to this Agreement or one or more of the Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents, shall in each case be deemed to constitute Pari Passu Lien Obligations (with the obligations described in this sentence being herein the “Collateral Trustee Obligations”), which Collateral Trustee Obligations shall be entitled to the priority provided by clause FIRST of Section 3.4(a) of the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

“Pari Passu Lien Secured Parties” means the holders of Pari Passu Lien Obligations, each Pari Passu Lien Debt Representative and the Notes Collateral Trustee. 

“Pari Passu Lien Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Issuer or any other Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Notes Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of any of the Pari Passu Lien Secured Parties, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and by Section 7.2 of the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Holders” means (i) Signature and Intermediate Holdings, (ii) any Person or any of the Persons who were a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) whose ownership of assets or Voting Stock has triggered a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer has been made and all notes that were tendered therein have been accepted and paid, (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing beneficially own, without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, more than 50.0% of the total voting power of each of the aggregate voting and economic interests of the Equity Interests of Intermediate Holdings held directly or indirectly by such group and (iv) any members of a group described in clause (iii) for so long as such Person is a member of such group and such group owns the requisite percentage provided in clause (iii) above. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1)         any Investment in the Escrow Issuer or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(2)         any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3)         any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged, directly or indirectly, in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(4)         any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5)         any Investment of the Escrow Issuer existing on the Issue Date and any Investment of the Company or the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Effective Date; 

(6)         any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable or claims held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

 

20

 

(7)         Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 4.03(b)(10) hereof; 

(8)         additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8), not to exceed $10.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

(9)         loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any time outstanding; 

(10)         Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(iii) of Section 4.04 hereof; 

(11)         any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (4), (5) and (9) of such paragraph); 

(12)         Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; 

(13)         guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.10 hereof; 

(14)         any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company; 

(15)         Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of real estate, inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business; and 

(16)         Investments resulting from the receipt of non-cash consideration in an Asset Sale received in compliance with Section 4.06 hereof. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1)         pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(2)         Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review; 

(3)         Liens for taxes (including property taxes), assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 

(4)         Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or completion guarantees or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit (or deposits to secure letters of credit or surety bonds for the same purpose) issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

(5)         survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(6)         Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(4); 

 

21

 

(7)         Liens securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to the property or assets of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary (other than (i) equity interests in such Foreign Subsidiary or (ii) a Domestic Subsidiary that is wholly owned by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries created to enhance the worldwide tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries); 

(8)         Liens on property or assets of Intermediate Holdings, the Escrow Issuer and the Company existing on the Issue Date and on property or assets of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Effective Date (in each case, other than liens to secure obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees, the North America ABL Facility and the German Factoring Agreement); 

(9)         Liens on property (plus improvements on and proceeds and products of such property) or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(10)         Liens on property (plus improvements on and proceeds and products of such property) at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(11)         Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 hereof; provided, however, that if a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, the Lien on any assets or other property or interests of such Subsidiary Guarantor securing such Indebtedness is junior to the Lien on such assets or other property or interests of such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee of the Notes and such lien subordination is on terms not less favorable than the lien subordination terms applicable to the North America ABL Collateral; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness (and related Lien); 

(12)         Liens securing Hedging Obligations; 

(13)         Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(14)         licenses, sublicenses, leases and subleases which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(15)         Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(16)         Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor or Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a guarantor in favor solely of another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor; 

(17)         Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located; 

(18)         Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions or renewals) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon) secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property (including any after acquired property to the extent it would have been subject to the original Lien) that was subject to the original Lien (plus improvements on and proceeds and products of such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon) or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including issue discounts or premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal; 

 

22

 

(19)         judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 

(20)         Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods; 

(21)         Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(22)         Liens securing insurance premium financing arrangements; provided, however, that such Lien is limited to the applicable insurance carriers; 

(23)         other Liens securing obligations which obligations do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; 

(24)         Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 

(25)         restrictions on dispositions of assets to be disposed of pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements; 

(26)         customary options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures and partnerships not prohibited by the Indenture; 

(27)         any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(28)         Liens on the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness or other obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted by the Indenture; 

(29)         Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (1) (or (13) to the extent such Lien secures a guarantee of any such Indebtedness) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” subject, in the case of such Liens securing the Notes Collateral, to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; 

(30)         Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(18); provided that such Liens do not extend to any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property so purchased; 

(31)         Permitted Notes Collateral Liens; and 

(32)         Liens on accounts receivable sold pursuant to Permitted Supplier Financing Arrangements. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Liens permitted pursuant to clauses (6) and (23) shall not be permitted on any real property of either the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Permitted Notes Collateral Liens” means: 

(1)         Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Notes, the Secured Hedging Obligations, the Guarantees relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to such Notes, Refinancing Indebtedness and Guarantees; 

(2)         Liens securing any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations; provided, however, that, at the time of Incurrence of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations and after giving pro forma effect thereto and to any other Secured Indebtedness Incurred on such date, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.0 to 1.0; provided further, however, that if the use of proceeds of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien Incurred pursuant to this clause (2) is to refinance, refund, renew, extend or replace (or successively refinance, refund, renew, extend or replace), as a whole, or in part, any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations Incurred pursuant to this clause (2), then such Indebtedness shall be permitted to be secured pursuant to this clause (2) without regard to compliance with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio in the first proviso of this clause (2); 

(3)         Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens specified in clause (1) above); 

(4)         Liens described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (5), (9), (10), (12) (but only relating to obligations secured by Liens described in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above), (14), (15), (13), (18) (but only with respect to clauses (9) and (10) referred to 

 

23

 

therein), (19), (20), (21) (but only with respect to obligations secured by Liens described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above) and (30) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”; and 

(5)         Liens on the Notes Collateral in favor of any collateral agent relating to such collateral agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Notes Collateral. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Permitted Notes Collateral Liens need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category (or portion thereof) of Permitted Notes Collateral Liens described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition but are permitted to be Incurred in part under any combination thereof; (B) in the event that an item of Permitted Notes Collateral Liens (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories (or portion thereof) of Permitted Notes Collateral Liens described in clauses (1) through (5) above, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, divide, classify (but not reclassify), such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies (based on circumstances existing at the time of such division or classification) with this covenant. With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. 

“Permitted Supplier Financing Arrangement” means a transaction or transactions whereby the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells a portion of its accounts receivable at the request of one or more customers of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not with respect to accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries generally) in the ordinary course of business and: 

(1)         the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, prior to entering into such transaction, shall have provided the Notes Collateral Trustee and the North America ABL Facility Administrative Agent with copies of all documentation regarding such Permitted Supplier Financing Arrangements in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the North American ABL Facility Collateral Agent; 

(2)         all or substantially all of the proceeds of such transaction are received in cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(3)         the aggregate of the accounts receivable sold pursuant to all such transactions outstanding at any time shall not exceed the greater of (x) $30 million or (y) 2.0% of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ consolidated revenues for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are then available; 

(4)         such transactions shall be without recourse to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than customary recourse terms provided for in the applicable documentation (in connection with customary representations made with respect to the applicable receivables); 

(5)         any discount rate applicable to such transaction shall be reasonable and customary based on market terms at such time; and 

(6)         prior and after giving effect to such transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Pro Forma Cost Savings” means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and related adjustments that (i) were directly attributable to an Investment, acquisition, merger, consolidation, disposition, amalgamation or discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards) that occurred during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to the four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the reference date or (ii) have been realized or for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken following any such Investment, acquisition, merger, consolidation, disposition, amalgamation or discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards) and, in the case of each of (i) and (ii), are described, as provided below, in an Officer’s Certificate, as if all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period. Pro Forma Cost Savings described above shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee from the Company’s chief financial officer that outlines the specific actions taken or to be taken, and the net cost savings achieved or to be achieved from each such action. 

 

24

 

“Proceeds” or “proceeds” means all “proceeds” as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, and in any event, shall include, without limitation whatever is receivable or received when Collateral or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary. 

“Purchase Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated December 23, 2014, among the Escrow Issuer, Intermediate Holdings and the Initial Purchasers and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes. 

“Purchase and Sale Agreement” means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 17, 2014, by and among Aleris, Aleris International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Aleris Holding Canada Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada, Aleris Aluminum Netherlands B.V., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands, Aleris Deutschland Holding GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Germany, Dutch Aluminum C.V., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Netherlands, and Aleris Deutschland Vier GmbH Co KG, a limited partnership organized under the laws of Germany, the Company, Evergreen Holding Germany GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Germany and Signature. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate. 

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A2 hereto deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 

“Related Person” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Person and its Affiliates. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

 

25

 

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Hedging Obligations” means any Hedging Obligations under a Hedge Agreement entered into between the Issuer or a Guarantor and a Hedge Bank or any guarantee thereof by the Issuer or any Guarantor. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Secured Parties” means (a) the Notes Collateral Trustee, (b) each Holder, (c) the Trustee, (c) each other Pari Passu Lien Secured Party and (d) the successors, replacements and assigns of each of the foregoing, and shall include, without limitation, all former Notes Collateral Trustees, Holders, Trustees and the Pari Passu Lien Secured Parties to the extent that any Obligations owing to such Persons were incurred while such Persons were Notes Collateral Trustee, Holder, Trustee or Pari Passu Lien Secured Party and such Obligations have not been paid or satisfied in full. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 

“Security Documents” means the Collateral Trust Agreement, each Additional Pari Passu Lien Debt Designation, each of the other Pari Passu Lien Security Documents, each of the other security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral assignments, agreements creating a security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind, and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

“Series of Pari Passu Lien Debt” means Funded Debt under the Indenture and each other issue or series of Pari Passu Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained. 

“Signature” means Signature Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 

“Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of Real Alloy Holding, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination 

 

26

 

thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Domestic Subsidiary that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee on the Effective Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture); provided, however, that upon the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary will cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor. 

“Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company, subject to pro forma adjustments that are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 

“Transactions” means the Acquisition, the issuance of the Notes, the Equity Contribution, and borrowings under the North America ABL Facility and the German Factoring Agreement, in each case on or prior to the Effective Date, and the payment of fees and expenses related to the foregoing and the obtaining of bridge loans and/or bridge commitments for the Company to use in lieu of all or a portion of the Notes. For the absence of doubt, the “Transactions” shall not include the Equity Issuances. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear a legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.07(g). 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemption date or date of deposit, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date or date of deposit of constant maturity United States Treasury securities (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date or date of deposit (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date or date of deposit to January 15, 2018; provided, however, that if no published maturity exactly corresponds with such date, then the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated on a straight-line basis from the arithmetic mean of the yields for the next shortest and next longest published maturities; provided further, however, that if the period from such redemption date or date of deposit to January 15, 2018 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Treasury Securities” means any investment in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof, in each case, maturing no later than the applicable Outside Date. 

“Trust Officer” means: 

(1)         any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee responsible for the administration of the Indenture, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and 

(2)         who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture. 

“Trustee” means the respective party named as such in the Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1)         any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and 

(2)         any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

After the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other 

 

27

 

Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided further, however, that either: 

(a)         the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 

(b)         if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 4.03(a), or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and 

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ or other qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

 

28

 

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 

 

	
Term
	
  
	
Defined in Section

	
“Affiliate Transaction”
	
  
	
4.07

	
“Aggregate Payments”
	
  
	
10.01(k)

	
“Asset Sale Offer”
	
  
	
4.06(b)

	
“Authentication Order”
	
  
	
2.03

	
“Bankruptcy Law”
	
  
	
6.01

	
“Base Currency”
	
  
	
13.16

	
“Contributing Guarantors”
	
  
	
10.01(k)

	
“Covenant defeasance option”
	
  
	
8.01(b)

	
“Custodian”
	
  
	
6.01

	
“Escrow Agent”
	
  
	
3.09(a)

	
“Escrow Account”
	
  
	
3.09(a)

	
“Escrowed Funds”
	
  
	
3.09(a)

	
“Event of Default”
	
  
	
6.01

	
“Excess Proceeds”
	
  
	
4.06(b)

	
“Fair Share”
	
  
	
10.01(k)

	
“Fair Share Contribution Amount”
	
  
	
10.01(k)

	
“Final Outside Date”
	
  
	
3.09(b)

	
“Foreign Action”
	
  
	
11.01

	
“Funding Guarantor”
	
  
	
10.01(k)

	
“Guaranteed Obligations”
	
  
	
10.01(a)

	
“Incorporated provision”
	
  
	
13.01

	
“Incumbency Certificate”
	
  
	
7.02

	
“Initial Lien”
	
  
	
4.12

	
“Initial Outside Date”
	
  
	
3.09(b)

	
“Judgment Currency”
	
  
	
13.16

	
“Legal defeasance option”
	
  
	
8.01(b)

	
“Mandatory Redemption Event”
	
  
	
3.09(c)

	
“Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer”
	
  
	
4.06(a)

	
“Notes Collateral Excess Amount”
	
  
	
4.06(b)

	
“Notice of Default”
	
  
	
6.01

	
“Offer Period”
	
  
	
4.06(f)

	
“Outside Date”
	
  
	
3.09(b)

	
“Paying Agent”
	
  
	
2.05

	
“protected purchaser”
	
  
	
2.09

	
“Refinancing Indebtedness”
	
  
	
4.03(b)

	
“Refunding Capital Stock”
	
  
	
4.04(b)

	
“Registrar”
	
  
	
2.05

	
“Restricted Payment”
	
  
	
4.04(a)

	
“Retired Capital Stock”
	
  
	
4.04(b)

	
“Special Mandatory Redemption”
	
  
	
3.09(c)

	
“Special Mandatory Redemption Date”
	
  
	
3.09(d)

	
“Special Redemption Notice”
	
  
	
3.09(d)

	
“Successor Company”
	
  
	
5.01(a)

	
“Successor Guarantor”
	
  
	
5.01(b)

SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. 

	
(a)
	
Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1)         a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2)         “or” is not exclusive; 

(3)         “including” means including without limitation; 

 

29

 

(4)         words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(5)         (i) unsecured Indebtedness will not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (ii) secured Indebtedness will not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other secured Indebtedness to which such Indebtedness is not junior in right of payment merely because it has junior priority with respect to the same collateral, (iii) Indebtedness of such Person which is not guaranteed will not be treated as subordinated or junior to Indebtedness that is guaranteed merely because of such guarantee and (iv) Indebtedness will not be deemed to be senior or subordinated merely because of the application of waterfall or other payment-ordering or collateral-sharing provisions affecting such Indebtedness; 

(6)         unless otherwise specified herein, the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards; 

(7)         unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards; 

(8)         whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of additional interest, to the extent that, in such context, additional interest is, are, or would be payable in respect thereof; and 

(9)         the term “all or substantially all” when applied to the assets of Holdings, the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor or to the Collateral shall not be read to mean “any” of such assets or “any” of the Collateral as a result of Holdings, the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Guarantor being in the “zone of insolvency.” 

ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $305,000,000. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes will be treated as a single series of Notes for purposes of this Indenture. 

The Issuer may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and Section 4.12 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. Additional Notes shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes Issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price and as contemplated by clause (4) below. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.08, 4.06(b) or 4.08(c)), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes: 

(1)         the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; 

(2)         the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes will accrue; and 

(3)         if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.07 and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.07 in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof. 

If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 

 

30

 

In authenticating any Additional Notes, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 12.02. 

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. 

(a)         General. The Notes, any Additional Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 or A2 attached hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement required by usage is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

(b)         Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 or A2 attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, repurchases and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 and shall be made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary. 

 

 

(c)         Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto, at the Office of the Trustee and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note upon the receipt by the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer. 

Any such exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note shall be subject to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 

(d)         Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. 

(a)         The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (an “Authentication Order”) (i) Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $305,000,000 and (ii) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein. Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000. 

 

31

 

(b)         One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, .pdf or facsimile signature. 

(c)         If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

 

 

(d)         A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

(e)         The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

(f)         The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representations with the Depositary in the form provided by the Issuer and to act in accordance with such letter. 

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

(a)         The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co- registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee, or any successor entity thereto, as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes and (ii) the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 

(b)         If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.06. The Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(c)         The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08. 

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. On or prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent(s) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall use best efforts to preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders. 

 

 

32

 

 

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a)          Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. A Global Note is exchangeable for Definitive Notes if: 

(1)         notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Issuer fails to appoint a successor Depositary; 

(2)         the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Definitive Notes; provided, however, that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged for Certificated Notes prior to (a) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (b) the receipt of any certificates required under the provisions of Regulation S; or 

(3)         there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Depositary requests such exchange. 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.07 or Sections 2.08 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.07 (b) or (c). 

(b)          Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

(1)         Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.07(b)(1). 

(2)         All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.07(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A)         both: 

(i)         a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii)         instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 

(B)         both: 

(i)         a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii)         instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in clause (i) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. 

 

 

33

 

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.07(h). 

(3)         Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A)         if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

(B)         if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(4)         Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(ii)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case, if the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

 

 

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

	
(c)
	
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1)         Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

 

34

 

(F)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(h), and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

 

 

(2)         Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.07 (c)(1)(A) and (C), a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 (b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 

(3)         Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(ii)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

(iii)         and, in each such case, if the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(4)         Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(2), the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(h), and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(4) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(4) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

	
(d)
	
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1)         Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A)         if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

 

35

 

(C)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(F)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

 

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note. 

(2)         Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 

(i)         if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(ii)         if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case, if the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.07(d)(2), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3)         Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged. 

 

 

(e)         Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.07(e). 

(1)          Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A)         if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

 

36

 

(B)         If the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C)         if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(2)          Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A)         if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(B)         if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case, if the Issuer so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3)         Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.  

(f)         Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Restricted Global Note. In the event that a Person is taking delivery of beneficial interest in any Unrestricted Global Note from any Affiliate of the Issuer, such beneficial interest may be exchanged by such holder thereof for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or transferred to such Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives from the transferor a certificate certifying that the transferor is an Affiliate of the Issuer and that such exchange or transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption of the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in this Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any applicable State of the United States. The Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Restricted Global Notes (which shall initially be in the form of a 144A Global Note) in an aggregate amount of the Unrestricted Notes so exchanged or transferred. 

(g)         Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(1)         Private Placement Legend. 

(A)         Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 

“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.” 

 

 

37

 

 

(B)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this Section 2.07 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(2)         Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.02 AND SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

(3)          Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. Each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). 

(4)          OID Legend. To the extent required by Section 1275(c)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.1275-3(b)(1), each Note issued at a discount to its stated redemption price at maturity shall bear a legend (the “OID Legend”) in substantially the following form (with any necessary amendments thereto to reflect any amendments occurring after the Issue Date to the applicable sections): 

 

 

“FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. YOU MAY CONTACT THE COMPANY AT SGH ESCROW CORPORATION, 15301 Ventura Boulevard, Suite 400, Sherman Oaks, CA 91403, ATTENTION: KYLE ROSS, AND THE COMPANY WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, THE ISSUE DATE AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE.” 

(h)         Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

 

38

 

(i)         General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1)         To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.03 or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2)         No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.08, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.04). 

(3)         The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

(4)         All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

 

 

(5)         The Issuer and Registrar shall not be required: 

(A)         to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.04 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B)         to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 

(C)         to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 

(6)         Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(7)         The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03. 

(8)         All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

(9)         The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Notes (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. 

(10)         To the extent that any Notes are issued at a discount to their stated redemption price at maturity and bear the OID Legend, each group of Notes bearing a given amount of original issue discount shall be treated as a separate series only for purposes of the transfer and exchange provisions of this Section 2.07 and may trade under a separate CUSIP number. 

 

 

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. 

(a)         If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (1) satisfies the Issuer within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (2) makes such request to the Issuer prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (3) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee and the Company. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of (i) Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in 

 

39

 

replacing a Note (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 

(b)         Every replacement Note is an obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors. 

(c)         The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. 

(a)         The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those redeemed pursuant to Article 3 and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 12.04, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor holds the Note. 

(b)         If a Note is replaced or paid by the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08. 

(c)         If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes. 

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. Certification of the disposal of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its written request therefor. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes as set forth in Section 1 of the form of Note contained in Exhibit A1 and Exhibit A2, as the case may be (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly provide or cause to be provided to each affected Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 

 

40

 

SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes outstanding at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 12.04 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate. 

ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 

SECTION 3.01. Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A1 and Exhibit A2, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date. 

SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by the Notes or any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with the Notes, such provision and this Article. 

SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Note, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 35 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if done in connection with Article 8 hereof. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. Any such notice delivered to the Trustee for delivery to the Holders may be canceled upon delivery of a written notice at any time prior to notice of such redemption being provided to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 

SECTION 3.04. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption of Notes, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot and in accordance with the procedures of DTC; provided, however, that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000 and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 

SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption. 

(a)         At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall provide or cause to be provided a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 

Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(i)         the redemption date and any conditions to redemption; 

(ii)        the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date; 

(iii)       the name and address of a Paying Agent; 

(iv)       that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest; 

(v)        if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 

 

41

 

(vi)       that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(vii)      the CUSIP number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 

(viii)     that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 

(ix)       the applicable provision in this Indenture or the Notes pursuant to which the Issuer is redeeming such Notes. 

(b)         At the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each covering the matters set forth in Sections 12.02 and 12.03. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the form of notice containing the information required by this Section 3.05 in no event less than 5 days in advance of the proposed delivery of the notice of redemption (unless a shorter period of time is acceptable to the Trustee). 

(c)         In connection with any redemption of Notes under the Indenture (including in connection with a Change of Control, an Asset Sale Offer or a redemption described in Paragraph 5 of the Notes), any such redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity Offering, other financing or a Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, any of such conditions may be waived, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. 

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is provided in accordance with Section 3.05, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions set forth in the notice delivered pursuant to Section 3.05. Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Notes, prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. In the event the conditions to redemption, if any, are not satisfied and the redemption is not completed, the money deposited with the Paying Agent shall be returned promptly to the Issuer (or such other Person as the Issuer may identify) and the Notes shall remain outstanding. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the conditions, if any, to redemption have been satisfied and the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed. 

SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

SECTION 3.09. Special Mandatory Redemption. 

(a)         Concurrently with the closing of the initial purchase and sale of the Notes on the Issue Date, the Escrow Issuer will enter into an escrow agreement with the Trustee and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), pursuant to which (i) the Initial Purchasers will deposit the gross proceeds of the offering of the Notes (which, for the avoidance of doubt, equals $296,478,300.00) (the “Gross Proceeds”) into a designated escrow account (the “Escrow Account) with the Escrow Agent and (ii) the Escrow Issuer (or one or more of its Affiliates) will deposit into the Escrow Account an amount, when combined with the Gross Proceeds, sufficient to (A) redeem in cash the Notes, in whole and not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes (which initial offering price was 90.827% and 101% of such initial offering price being equal to $279,792,573.50) (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) plus interest with respect to the Notes up to, but not including, the Initial Outside Date (as defined below), (B) to pay the Purchasers’ Fees (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) or the Purchasers’ Overfund (as defined in the Escrow Agreement), as applicable, and (C) to pay the fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 1.7 of the Escrow Agreement. (the amount deposited pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “Escrowed Funds”). 

 

 

42

 

 

(b)         As used herein, “Outside Date” means February 28, 2015 (the “Initial Outside Date”) or May 5, 2015 (the “Final Outside Date), as applicable. The Escrow Issuer may elect on one occasion to extend the Initial Outside Date to the Final Outside Date in a notice to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent to be delivered not later than seven Business Days prior to the Initial Outside Date, so long as, concurrently with the provision of such notice, the Escrow Issuer or any of its Affiliates deposits in the Escrow Account under the control of the Escrow Agent an amount sufficient (as determined solely by Escrow Issuer acting in good faith), when taken together with the amount of the Escrowed Funds then on deposit, to pay (i) the Special Mandatory Redemption Price plus all interest with respect to the Notes up to, but not including, the Final Outside Date, (ii) the Purchasers’ Fees or the Purchasers’ Overfund, as applicable, and (iii) to pay the fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 1.7 of the Escrow Agreement. 

(c)         In the event that (i) the Acquisition is not consummated on or prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, (ii) at any time prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, certain conditions in the Escrow Agreement are deemed by the Escrow Issuer to be incapable of being satisfied on or prior to the applicable Outside Date, (iii) at any time prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, the Purchase and Sale Agreement is terminated or (iv) the Initial Outside Date is not extended pursuant to clause (b) above (any such event being a “Mandatory Redemption Event”), the Escrow Issuer will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date to, but not including, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date fixed for such redemption. 

(d)         If a Mandatory Redemption Event occurs, the Escrow Issuer will send the notice of a Special Mandatory Redemption (the “Special Redemption Notice”) within three Business Day following the occurrence of a Mandatory Redemption Event and in no event later than three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent. The Special Redemption Notice will specify the date fixed for such Special Mandatory Redemption (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), which date may not be sooner than three Business Days from the date of such Special Redemption Notice and no later than the applicable Outside Date. Concurrently with the delivery of the Special Redemption Notice, the Escrow Issuer will instruct the Trustee to, at the Escrow Issuer’s expense, send (by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC) a notice that a Special Mandatory Redemption will occur on the applicable Outside Date or the earlier date specified in the Special Redemption Notice. Within three Business Days after the Trustee’s delivery of such notice of a Mandatory Redemption Event (or, if earlier, on the applicable Outside Date), the Escrow Issuer will consummate the Special Mandatory Redemption. 

(e)         Upon the consummation of the Acquisition, the foregoing provisions regarding the Special Mandatory Redemption will cease to apply pursuant to this Section 3.09 or otherwise. 

ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. 

(a)         The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if by 11:00 a.m. New York City time on such date the Trustee or any Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due. 

(b)         The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes and shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 

SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information. 

(a)         Whether or not the Company or Intermediate Holdings is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee: 

	
(1)
	
all annual and quarterly financial statements that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-K and 10-Q of the Company, if the Company were required to file such forms, plus a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing financial information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in the Offering Circular); provided that, in the case of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, in lieu of the foregoing the Company will furnish to 

 

43

 

		
the Trustee annual financial statements of the GRSA Entities, plus a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for the GRSA Entities and a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA of the GRSA Entities, in each case, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in the Offering Circular; 

	
(2)
	
the information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K under Items 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02, 5.01 and 5.02(b), 5.02(c) and 5.02(d) (other than with respect to information required or contemplated by Item 402 of Regulation S-K) if the Company were required to file such reports; provided, however, that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to noteholders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, further, however, that no such current report will be required to include a summary of the terms of any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any director or officer; and 

 

 

	
(3)
	
with respect to the annual financial statements only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm; it being understood that for so long as the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall not be required to include, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, any other adjustment that would be required by any SEC rule, regulation or interpretation, including but not limited to any “push down” accounting adjustment. 

(b)         For so long as the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, all such annual reports shall be furnished within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate, all such quarterly reports shall be furnished within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter to which they relate (except for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 which is not required to be delivered prior to 120 days after the closing date of the Acquisition), and all such current reports shall be furnished within 10 Business Days from the time of the occurrence of any event to be reported; provided that in the event that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, all such annual reports shall be furnished within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate, all such quarterly reports shall be furnished within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter to which they relate, and all such current reports shall be furnished within the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing if the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 of 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 

(c)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Company will not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by (i) Section 302, Section 404 or Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K, (ii) Regulation G or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-generally accepted accounting principles financial measures contained therein or (iii) Rule 3-05, 3-09 and 3-10 of Regulation S- X; provided that, such reports shall not be required to present compensation or beneficial ownership information and (b) such reports shall not be required to include any exhibits that would have been required to be filed pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K (except this clause (b) shall not apply to any annual, quarterly or pro forma financial statements otherwise expressly required to be provided under this covenant). 

(d)         The Company will (x) deliver such information and such reports to any Holder of a Note and, upon request, to any beneficial owner of the Notes, in each case by posting such information (a) on a publicly available section of its website, (b) to the extent that the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, by filing on the SEC’s EDGAR site (or any successor thereto) or (c) on Intralinks or any comparable password-protected online data system, which may require a confidentiality acknowledgment, and will make such information readily available to any prospective investor in the Notes that certifies that it is an eligible purchaser of the Notes, any securities analyst (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes) or any market maker in the Notes, in each case who (i) agrees to treat such information as confidential or (ii) accesses such information on Intralinks or any comparable password-protected online data system which will require a confidentiality acknowledgment; provided that the Company shall post such information thereon and make readily available any password or other login information to any such prospective investor in the Notes, securities analyst (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes) or market maker in the Notes. The Company will hold a quarterly conference call for all Holders and securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes) to discuss such financial information within ten (10) Business Days after distribution of such financial information or otherwise providing substantially comparable availability of such reports (as determined by the Company in good faith) (it being understood that, without limitation, making such reports available on Bloomberg or another private electronic information service shall constitute substantially comparable availability); it being understood that any customary quarterly earnings calls with public equity holders shall be deemed to constitute such quarterly conference calls for all Holders and such securities analysts. 

 

 

44

 

 

(e)         To the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company will also furnish to Holders, securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes) and prospective investors in the Notes upon request the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. 

(f)        If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and if any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the annual and quarterly information required by the first paragraph of this covenant shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

(g)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the financial statements, information and other documents required to be provided as described above, may be those of (i) Intermediate Holdings or (ii) any direct or indirect parent of Intermediate Holdings; provided that, if the financial statements so furnished relates to Intermediate Holdings or such direct or indirect parent of Intermediate Holdings, the same is accompanied by consolidating financial statements contained in Intermediate Holdings’ or such parent’s financial statements or the notes thereto that summarize in reasonable detail the differences between the financial statements and other information relating to Intermediate Holdings or such parent, on the one hand, and the financial statements and other information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand, and, unless such differences are immaterial, the information so furnished shall include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA (all of the foregoing financial information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in the Offering Circular) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis. 

(h)        Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).  

SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 

(a)        Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and from and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that the amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding. 

(b)        The foregoing limitations will not apply to (each of the items below, the “Permitted Debt”): 

	
(1)
	
the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount then outstanding equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) $137.5 million and (y) the U.S. dollar equivalent of €50 million and (ii) the sum of (x) 65% of the net book value of the inventory (determined on a LIFO basis) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) 80% of the net book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, determined by the net book value set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred for which internal financial statements are available, giving pro forma effect, determined in good faith by a responsible financial 

 

45

 

		
officer of the Company, to any acquisitions or dispositions that have occurred or are expected to occur at or prior to the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness and following such balance sheet date); 

	
(2)
	
the Incurrence by the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the related Guarantees, as applicable; 

 

 

	
(3)
	
Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantors being repaid in the Transactions and Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2)); 

	
(4)
	
Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Indebtedness in connection with a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease, construction, repair, addition or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (but no other material assets)) which incurrence occurs within 365 days of such purchase, lease, construction, repair, addition or improvement in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred (or deemed Incurred as provided under clause (14) below) pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) 3.0% of Total Assets and (y) $25.0 million; 

	
(5)
	
Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 45 days following such drawing; 

	
(6)
	
Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of such Indebtedness is not determinable and, to the extent such Indebtedness thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the Indebtedness is paid within 60 days thereafter; 

	
(7)
	
Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 

	
(8)
	
shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock; 

 

 

 

	
(9)
	
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, (i) any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an inter-company note and (ii) that if a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 

	
(10)
	
Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes and are (i) for the purpose of managing exposure to interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding; (ii) for the purpose of managing exposure to currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (iii) for the purpose of managing exposure to commodity price risk with respect to any metal, fuel or other commodity purchases or sales; 

	
(11)
	
obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds, including surety bonds issued in respect of workers’ compensation claims, and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 

 

46

 

	
(12)
	
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable, which when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (12) (or deemed Incurred as provided under clause (14) below), does not exceed the greater of (x) 1.0% of Total Assets and (y) $10.0 million; 

	
(13)
	
any guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture; provided, however, that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of any Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable; 

 

 

	
(14)
	
the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness which serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (2), (3), (4), (12), (14), (15) or (18) of this paragraph (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

	
(i)
	
has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following; 

	
(ii)
	
has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced or (y) one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding; 

	
(iii)
	
to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; 

	
(iv)
	
is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with significant original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with significant original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium, any accrued and unpaid interest thereon and fees and expenses required to be paid in connection with such refinancing; 

	
(v)
	
shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor (unless such Restricted Subsidiary is an obligor with respect to such Indebtedness being refinanced), or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

	
(vi)
	
in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness outstanding under clause (4), (12) or (18), shall be deemed to have been Incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (4), (12) or (18), as applicable, and not this clause (14) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clause (4), (12) or (18), as applicable; 

provided further, however, that subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this clause (14) will not apply to any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or defease the Notes; 

 

 

	
(15)
	
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (x) of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor incurred to finance or assumed in connection with the acquisition of any Person or assets (other than the Acquisition) or (y) of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (other than the Acquisition); provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either: 

	
(i)
	
the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant; or 

	
(ii)
	
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 

	
(16)
	
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 

 

47

 

	
(17)
	
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums, (y) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business or (z) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations under a Permitted Supplier Financing Arrangement; and 

	
(18)
	
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition, which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (18) then outstanding (including any such Refinancing Indebtedness) does not exceed $10.0 million. 

(c)         Any Indebtedness incurred under a revolving Credit Agreement, including under the North America ABL Facility or the German Factoring Facility, pursuant to clause (a) of the second paragraph of this covenant shall be deemed for purposes of this covenant to have been incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first incurred until such Indebtedness is actually repaid in a manner which results in the permanent reduction in the applicable commitments other than pursuant to a refinancing permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement. 

(d)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors may not Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (b) above if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to repay, prepay, redeem, defease, retire, refund or refinance any Subordinated Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as applicable, to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness. 

(e)         For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03 and Section 4.11, (A) Indebtedness need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (18) above or pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant but is permitted to be Incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (18) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify (based on circumstances existing at the time of such reclassification) such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Indebtedness in one of the above clauses and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof; provided, however, that all Indebtedness under the North America ABL Facility and the German Factoring Facility outstanding on the Effective Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to clause (1) and the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to such clause; provided further, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify any portion of any Secured Indebtedness unless the Lien is also permitted with respect to such Secured Indebtedness as so reclassified. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the definition of “Indebtedness” will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant.  

(f)         For all purposes of the Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness will not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) secured Indebtedness will not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other secured Indebtedness to which such Indebtedness is not junior in right of payment merely because it has junior priority with respect to the same collateral, (3) Indebtedness of such Person which is not guaranteed will not be treated as subordinated or junior to Indebtedness that is guaranteed merely because of such guarantee and (4) Indebtedness will not be deemed to be senior or subordinated merely because of the application of waterfall or other payment-ordering or collateral-sharing provisions affecting such Indebtedness. 

(g)         The Company will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any senior debt of the Company and senior in right of payment to the Notes. No Subsidiary Guarantor will incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to the senior debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor and senior in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee. No such Indebtedness will be considered to be contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any senior debt of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis. 

 

48

 

SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a)         Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and from and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

	
(1)
	
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Escrow Issuer’s or the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment with respect to such Equity Interests made in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its ownership percentage of such Equity Interests); 

	
(2)
	
purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Escrow Issuer or the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company; 

	
(3)
	
make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Escrow Issuer or the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) or (9) of the definition of Permitted Debt); or 

	
(4)
	
make any Restricted Investment; 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 

	
(i)
	
the Escrow Release Date shall previously have occurred and the Acquisition shall previously have been consummated; 

	
(ii)
	
no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 

	
(iii)
	
immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) hereof; and 

	
(iv)
	
such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1) and (4) of paragraph (b) below, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by paragraph (b) below), is less than the sum of, without duplication, 

	
(1)
	
50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2014 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus 

	
(2)
	
100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company after the Effective Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding any Equity Issuance, the Equity Contribution, Refunding Capital Stock and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness (in which case the Company will be deemed to have received an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness (or, if such Indebtedness was issued at a significant original issue discount, an amount equal to the accreted value of such Indebtedness at such time)) or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), plus 

	
(3)
	
100% of the aggregate amount of cash contributions to the capital of the Company received after the Effective Date (other than any Equity Issuance, the Equity Contribution, Refunding Capital Stock and Disqualified Stock), plus 

 

49

 

	
(4)
	
100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash subsequent to the Effective Date, from: 

	
(A)
	
the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (6) of paragraph (b) below), or 

	
(B)
	
the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 

	
(5)
	
in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case subsequent to the Effective Date, the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (6) of paragraph (b) below or constituted a Permitted Investment). 

 

 

(b)         The foregoing provisions will not prohibit (each a “Permitted Payment”): 

	
(1)
	
the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture; 

	
(2)
	
(A) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of the sale, retirement or other acquisition of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company received after the Effective Date (other than any Equity Issuance, Equity Contribution and Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”) and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock; 

	
(3)
	
the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of the sale of new Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, respectively, which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as 

	
(A)
	
the principal amount of such new Indebtedness (or, if such Indebtedness is issued at a significant original issue discount, the aggregate issue price) does not exceed the principal amount (or, if such Indebtedness was issued at a significant original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value at such time) of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired plus any fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any expenses incurred relating thereto), 

	
(B)
	
such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the related Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so paid, purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value, 

	
(C)
	
such Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired or (y) one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding; and 

	
(D)
	
such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being 

 

50

 

		
paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated Indebtedness being paid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following; 

	
(4)
	
the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (4) do not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year (with up to $2.0 million of unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the next succeeding calendar year); provided further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 

	
(A)
	
the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests after the Effective Date (excluding any Equity Issuance, the Equity Contribution, Refunding Capital Stock and Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company that occurs after the Effective Date; provided, however, that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of paragraph (a) of this covenant; plus 

	
(B)
	
the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date; 

 

 

(provided, however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year and, to the extent any payment described under this clause (4) is made by delivery of Indebtedness and not in cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the obligor on such Indebtedness makes payments with respect to such Indebtedness); 

	
(5)
	
the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance Section 4.03 hereof; provided that the amount of any such dividend or distribution shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense; 

	
(6)
	
other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million; 

	
(7)
	
the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and cash equivalents); 

	
(8)
	
repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 

	
(9)
	
purchases of receivables pursuant to an obligation of the German Factoring Originator to repurchase receivables under the German Factoring Agreement; 

	
(10)
	
in the event of a Change of Control, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount (or, if such Subordinated Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 101% of the accreted value), of such Subordinated Indebtedness, plus any accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon; provided, however, that prior to or simultaneously with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by the Indenture) has made a Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes as a result of such Change of Control and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer; 

	
(11)
	
in the event of an Asset Sale that requires the Company to offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.06, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount (or, if such Subordinated Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value), 

 

51

 

		
of such Subordinated Indebtedness, plus any accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon; provided, however, that (i) prior to or simultaneously with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by the Indenture) has made an Asset Sale Offer with respect to the Notes as a result of such Asset Sale and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Asset Sale Offer and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such payments, purchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of all such Subordinated Indebtedness may not exceed the amount of the Excess Proceeds used to determine the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered for in such Asset Sale Offer less the aggregate amount applied in connection with such Asset Sale Offer; 

	
(12)
	
any Restricted Payments made in connection with, including reimbursement of expenses directly attributable to, the consummation of the Transactions; and 

 

 

	
(13)
	
the dividend to any direct or indirect parent of the Company in an amount equal to the sum of (i) with respect to federal income taxes, for any taxable period in which the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries is a member of a consolidated group of which a direct or indirect parent of the Company is the common parent, amounts equal to the federal income taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries that are members of such consolidated group would have been required to pay as a stand-alone consolidated, combined or similar income tax group and (ii) with respect to any other net income taxes, if the applicable law or taxing authority imposes the liability with respect to such other income taxes on the direct or indirect parent of the Company, amounts equal to (x) a portion of the relevant other net income taxes payable by such direct or indirect parent that are properly allocable to the net income the Company and any applicable Subsidiaries minus (y) any such other net income taxes actually paid by the Company and/or any applicable Subsidiaries; provided that the permitted payment pursuant to this clause (13) with respect to any Taxes of any Unrestricted Subsidiary for any taxable period shall be limited to the amount actually paid with respect to such period by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purposes of paying such consolidated, combined or similar income Taxes; and provided further that no Restricted Payment may be made pursuant to this clause (13)(i) unless, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); 

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (7), (10), (11) and (13)(i), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

(c)         In determining whether any payment or Investment is permitted by this covenant, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may allocate all or any portion of such payment or Investment among the categories (or portions thereof) described in clauses (1) through (13) of the definition of “Permitted Payment” or among such categories (or portions thereof) and the types of Restricted Payments described in the first paragraph of this covenant (including categorization in whole or in part as a Permitted Investment); provided, however, that, at the time of such allocation, all such payments or Investments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under the various provisions of this covenant. 

(d)         The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and from and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

	
(a)
	
(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

	
(b)
	
make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

	
(c)
	
sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

 

52

 

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

	
(1)
	
contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Effective Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents; 

	
(2)
	
the Escrow Agreement, the Indenture, the other Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement; 

	
(3)
	
applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

	
(4)
	
any agreement or other instrument relating to Indebtedness of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; 

	
(5)
	
any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

	
(6)
	
Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03 and Section 4.11 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 

	
(7)
	
restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

	
(8)
	
customary provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale and leaseback agreements and other similar agreements; 

	
(9)
	
purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business or Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired; 

	
(10)
	
customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c) above on the property subject to such lease, license or other similar agreement; 

	
(11)
	
restrictions or conditions contained in any consignment, bailment, trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of the Company (if the Company is not party to such agreement) or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 

 

 

	
(12)
	
any encumbrance or restriction of the German Factoring Originator effected in connection with the German Factoring Facility; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to the German Factoring Originator; 

	
(13)
	
other Indebtedness 

	
(i)
	
of (A) the Company or (B) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case that (x) is Incurred subsequent to the Effective Date pursuant Section 4.03 hereof and (y) an Officer reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the Company’s ability to satisfy its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and any other Indebtedness that is an obligation of the Company and such determination is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, or 

	
(ii)
	
that is Incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company subsequent to the Effective Date pursuant to clauses (4), (12), (13) but limited to guarantees of Indebtedness of other Foreign Subsidiaries described in this clause (13)(ii)) or (14) (but only to the extent such Indebtedness refunds, refinances or decreases Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary Incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (12)) of the definition of Permitted Debt; provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction applies only to Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company; 

	
(14)
	
any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or 

 

53

 

		
refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; or 

	
(15)
	
any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clause (c) above imposed by any Permitted Liens referred to in clauses (1) and (4) of the definition thereof. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 

SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. 

(a) Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and from and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral unless: 

	
(1)
	
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; 

	
(2)
	
at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of Cash Equivalents or Asset Sale Cash Equivalents; 

	
(3)
	
(i) to the extent that any assets received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute securities or may be used or useful in a Similar Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition pledged as Collateral in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents and held by the Company, a Guarantor or entity that becomes a Guarantor and (ii) to the extent that any assets received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute the Capital Stock of any Person, such Person becomes a Guarantor and the assets of such Person are concurrently with the acquisition pledged as Collateral in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents and held by the Company, a Guarantor or entity that becomes a Guarantor; and 

	
(4)
	
an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale is paid directly by the purchaser thereof to the Notes Collateral Trustee to be held for application as set forth in (A) or (B) below. 

The Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may use the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale at its option to do any one or more of the following: 

	
(A)
	
within 365 days after the Notes Collateral Trustee’s receipt of such Net Proceeds, to make an Asset Sale Investment; provided, however, that (i) such assets are promptly pledged as Collateral in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents and owned and held by the Company, a Guarantor or entity that becomes a Guarantor and (ii) to the extent that the assets acquired by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such Asset Sale Investment constitute the Capital Stock of any Person, such Person becomes a Guarantor or the assets of such person are promptly pledged as Collateral in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents and owned and held by the Company, a Guarantor or entity that becomes a Guarantor, or 

	
(B)
	
within 365 days after the Notes Collateral Trustee’s receipt of such Net Proceeds, to make one or more offers to the holders of the Notes (and, at the option of the Company, the holders of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations on a pro rata basis) to purchase Notes (and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in the Indenture (each, a “Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer”); provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (B), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. 

 

 

54

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause (a), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Net Proceeds in accordance with this clause (a) except to the extent that the aggregate Net Proceeds from all Asset Sales of Notes Collateral which are not applied in accordance with the preceding paragraph of this covenant exceeds $10.0 million. 

The Company will commence a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer with respect to the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale of Notes Collateral not later than 10 Business Days after the later of (x) the 365th day (or such later date provided in the preceding paragraph) after such Asset Sale of Notes Collateral to the extent such Net Proceeds have not been used in accordance with paragraph (A) or (B) above and (y) the date that the Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of Notes Collateral not applied in accordance with the second preceding paragraph of this covenant exceeds $10.0 million by providing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. After the completion of one or more Asset Sales of Notes Collateral, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may, at their option, use the Net Proceeds thereof to make a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer prior to the required deadline or with less Net Proceeds than would trigger the requirement for a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer in order to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph (a) with respect to such Net Proceeds. After the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has applied the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral as provided in, and within the time periods required by, this paragraph (a), the balance of such Net Proceeds, if any, from such Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral shall be released by the Notes Collateral Trustee as directed in writing by the Company to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary for use by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of the Indenture and shall cease to constitute Net Proceeds of Asset Sales of Notes Collateral subject to the provisions of this covenant. 

(b)         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral, which shall be governed by clause (a) of this covenant), unless (1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents or Asset Sale Cash Equivalents. 

Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral, which shall be governed by clause (a) of this covenant), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale at its option to any one or more of the following: 

	
(A)
	
in the case of Net Proceeds from any Asset Sales of assets of any non-Guarantor, to repay Indebtedness of such non-Guarantor; 

	
(B)
	
to repay (i) Obligations under the North America ABL Facility to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased or (ii) Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations; provided, however, that, in the case of this clause (ii), the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes (based on the respective amount of outstanding Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations and Obligations under the Notes) as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases or otherwise; or 

	
(C)
	
to make an Asset Sale Investment; provided, however, that (i) such assets are promptly pledged as Collateral in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents and owned and held by the Company, a Guarantor or entity that becomes a Guarantor and (ii) to the extent that the assets acquired by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such Asset Sale Investment constitute the Capital Stock of any Person, such Person becomes a Guarantor or the assets of such person are promptly pledged as Collateral in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents and owned and held by the Company, a Guarantor or entity that becomes a Guarantor. 

 

 

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities. The Indenture will provide that any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral) that are not applied as provided and within the 365-day time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Company, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), that is in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, “principal amount” shall refer to 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the 

 

55

 

procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds not later than ten business days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $10.0 million by providing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. After the completion of one or more Asset Sales (other than Asset Sales of Notes Collateral, which are governed by paragraph (a) of this covenant), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may, at their option, use the Net Proceeds thereof to make an Asset Sale Offer prior to the required deadline or with less Net Proceeds than would trigger the requirement for an Asset Sale Offer in order to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph (b) with respect to such Net Proceeds. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes (and the Issuer shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds which served as the basis for such Asset Sale Offer shall be reduced to zero. 

 

 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof. 

If more Notes (and any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) are tendered pursuant to a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, the principal amount of the Notes (and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) to be purchased will be determined pro rata based on the principal amounts so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot; provided, however, that no Notes (or any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) in a minimum denomination of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part and the authorized denomination shall be maintained. If more Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, the principal amount of the Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased will be determined pro rata based on the principal amounts so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot; provided, however, that no Notes (or Pari Passu Indebtedness) in a minimum denomination of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part and the authorized denomination shall be maintained. 

Notices of a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer or an Asset Sale Offer shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid or otherwise delivered in compliance with DTC’s procedures, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of Notes at such holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Note purchased in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased. 

For purposes of the covenant described above, the Net Cash Proceeds attributable to the sale of (i) Notes Collateral consisting of Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Guarantor shall be deemed to be equal to the equity value of such Equity Interests and (ii) a group of assets consisting of both Notes Collateral and assets that are not Notes Collateral shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds from Notes Collateral and such other assets, respectively, based on the Fair Market Value of the Notes Collateral and such other assets. 

 

 

SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a)         Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and from and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.5 million, unless: 

	
(1)
	
such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Escrow Issuer or the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Escrow Issuer or the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; 

 

56

 

	
(2)
	
with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer disinterested with respect to such Affiliate Transaction; and 

	
(3)
	
with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Issuer obtains a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions is fair, from a financial point of view (or words of similar import), to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

(b)         The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following: 

	
(1)
	
(x) transactions between or among the Issuer, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (y) the merger of the Escrow Issuer with and into the Company and (z) any merger of the Company and any direct parent company of the Company; provided, however, that such parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company and such merger is otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose; 

	
(2)
	
Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04 hereof and Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clauses (3) and (11) of the definition thereof) permitted under the Indenture; 

	
(3)
	
the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid and reimbursement of expenses to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company; 

	
(4)
	
transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of the preceding paragraph; 

	
(5)
	
payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; 

	
(6)
	
the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of, any agreement or instrument as in effect as of the Effective Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement or instrument together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Effective Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby that is described in the Offering Circular, in each case other than any tax sharing arrangements; 

	
(7)
	
transactions to effect the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case that are described in the Offering Circular; 

	
(8)
	
(x) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, toll manufacturers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party or (y) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

	
(9)
	
any transaction effected as part of the German Factoring Facility; 

	
(10)
	
the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Escrow Issuer or the Company; 

	
(11)
	
the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith; 

	
(12)
	
any contribution to the capital of the Escrow Issuer or the Company; 

	
(13)
	
any employment agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; and 

	
(14)
	
tax sharing agreements providing for payments to Intermediate Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Intermediate Holdings on account of any income taxes payable by Intermediate Holdings or such parent 

 

57

 

		
company reasonably allocable to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, provided that, whether or not such payments would otherwise constitute Restricted Payments, such payments are deemed to constitute Restricted Payments and such Restricted Payments are permitted under Section 4.04(b)(13). 

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. 

(a)         Not later than 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuer has given notice of redemption as described under Article 3 with respect to all the Notes, the Issuer will send a notice to each Holder by mail or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee (the “Change of Control Offer”) stating: 

	
(1)
	
that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date falling prior to or on the repurchase date); 

	
(2)
	
the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; 

	
(3)
	
the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent); and 

	
(4)
	
the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this covenant, that a holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 

(b)         A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 

(c)         The Issuer will be deemed to have made a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 

(d)         The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have failed to make a Change of Control Offer or purchase Notes pursuant thereto as described above by virtue thereof. 

 

 

(e)         The provisions under the Indenture relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes. 

SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year of the Issuer ending December 31, 2015 an Officer’s Certificate, signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuer they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

So long as any of the Notes are outstanding (i) if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) if any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy hereunder with respect to a claimed Default under this Indenture or the Notes, then, within 30 days after the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default or the Issuer receiving written notice of any action by a Holder described in the preceding clause (ii), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default, Event of Default or notice. 

SECTION 4.10. Future Guarantors. 

Prior to the Effective Date, Intermediate Holdings will be the only Guarantor. On the Effective Date, each of the Company’s Domestic Subsidiaries (other than the Excluded Subsidiary) will guarantee the Notes in the manner and on the terms set forth in the Indenture. After the Effective Date, the Company will cause each of its newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Excluded Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary) to execute and deliver, within 20 days of such creation or acquisition, to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes and Secured Hedging Obligations on 

 

58

 

the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Each Guarantee by a Guarantor will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Guarantor without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. Each Guarantee by a Guarantor may be released as provided for under Article 10 hereof. 

SECTION 4.11. Liens. 

(a)         Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and from and after the Effective Date, Intermediate Holdings and the Company will not, and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset or property of Intermediate Holdings, the Escrow Issuer, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens. 

 

 

(b)         For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to the above paragraph or to one category (or portion thereof) of the definitions of “Permitted Notes Collateral Liens” or “Permitted Liens” but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of the above paragraph or one or more of the categories (or portions thereof) of Permitted Notes Collateral Liens or Permitted Liens, the Company may, in its sole discretion, divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify, or reclassify, such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies (based on circumstances existing at the time of such division, classification or reclassification) with this covenant. 

(c)         With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common equity of Intermediate Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Intermediate Holdings, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in the definition of “Indebtedness.” 

(d)         Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (2) or (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien which release and discharge in the case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any Lien that the Notes Collateral Trustee may have on the proceeds from such sale. 

(e)         The Indenture also provides that notwithstanding the foregoing, Intermediate Holdings and the Company will not, and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien, including Permitted Notes Collateral Liens or Permitted Liens, on any asset or property of Intermediate Holdings, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that secures Obligations under Indebtedness, which Lien is contractually senior in priority (without regard to control of remedies) to any security interest at any time granted to secure the Notes or the Guarantees and is also contractually junior in priority (without regard to control of remedies) to any security interests at any time granted to secure any other Indebtedness. 

 

 

SECTION 4.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

(a)         The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 12.01; provided, however, no service of legal process may be made on the Issuer at an office of the Trustee. 

(b)         The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give 

 

59

 

prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

(c)         The Issuer hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its Agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04. 

SECTION 4.13. Permitted Business Activities. 

Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and from and after the Effective Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than a Similar Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; it being understood that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be in compliance with the foregoing covenant if the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries acquire another Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business or acquire business operations that primarily consist of Similar Businesses and continue to operate such acquired Person’s operations or such acquired business operations, as the case may be. 

SECTION 4.14. Limitation on Business Activities of Holdings. 

(a)         Intermediate Holdings will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations, or own or acquire any assets or incur any liabilities, other than: 

	
(1)
	
direct or indirect ownership of the Capital Stock of the Escrow Issuer or the Company; 

	
(2)
	
the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance; 

	
(3)
	
participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Intermediate Holdings, the Escrow Issuer, the Company and their Subsidiaries; 

	
(4)
	
the performance of and incurrence of liabilities under, the documentation governing (i) the North America ABL Facility, (ii) the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, (iii) any guarantee of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03 hereof and (iv) the German Factoring Agreement; 

 

 

	
(5)
	
any public offering of Capital Stock of Intermediate Holdings or any other issuance or registration of Intermediate Holdings’ Capital Stock for sale or resale or any issuance of equity awards under any plan for the benefit of employees of Intermediate Holdings, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of their Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of the Escrow Issuer, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto; 

	
(6)
	
holding any Restricted Payments made by the Company in accordance with the covenant described under Section 4.04 hereof pending application thereof by the recipient in the manner contemplated by that covenant (if so specified); 

	
(7)
	
incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues; 

	
(8)
	
providing indemnification to officers, directors, consultants and agents; 

	
(9)
	
the incurrence of liabilities permitted to be incurred by it by the Indenture and the Credit Agreement; and 

	
(10)
	
activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (1) to (9) of this paragraph. 

(b)         For so long as the Notes are outstanding, except as otherwise permitted by Section 4.06 and Section 5.01, Intermediate Holdings will beneficially own all the Equity Interests of the Company, it being understood that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Intermediate Holdings may interpose one or more holding companies between itself and the Company, so long as such holding companies also agree to Guarantee the Notes and provide a security interest in its assets pursuant to supplements to the Indenture and the Security Documents, respectively, in form consistent with the limitations that are substantially similar to the foregoing limitations on the activities of Intermediate Holdings. 

 

60

 

SECTION 4.15. Impairment of Security Interest. 

Except as permitted by the Indenture and the Security Documents, subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens and Permitted Notes Collateral Liens, Intermediate Holdings and the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, subject to limited exceptions. 

SECTION 4.16. After-Acquired Property. 

(a)         In the event that after the Effective Date, the Company is required to cause a newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture and to guarantee payment of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (such Restricted Subsidiary, a “New Guarantor”), the Company shall, and shall cause the New Guarantor and each other Guarantor to take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, amendments to the Security Documents, certificates, mortgages, deeds of trust, financing statements and opinions (including joinders to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the other Security Documents as are contemplated by the terms thereof) as are customary or required by the terms of the Security Documents to vest in the Notes Collateral Trustee a perfected security interest in (i) substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of such New Guarantor (other than the Excluded Assets), (ii) all of the Capital Stock of such New Guarantor and (iii) all of the Capital Stock held by such New Guarantor (which, in the case of the Capital Stock of any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, will be limited to 100% of the non-voting Capital Stock (if any) and 65% of the voting Capital Stock of such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary), and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral or the North America ABL Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such assets, properties and Capital Stock to the same extent and with the same force and effect. 

 

 

(b)         In addition, upon the acquisition by the Company or any Guarantor of any After-Acquired Property or upon any change, event or other happening pursuant to or as a result of, any Excluded Asset no longer constitutes an Excluded Asset, the Company or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Trustee a perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property added to the Notes Collateral or the North America ABL Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral or the North America ABL Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect. 

SECTION 4.17. Real Estate Mortgages and Filings; Pledge of Foreign Collateral. 

(a)         With respect to real property that secures (or will secure) the Notes or the Guarantees, the Company or the Guarantor must provide the Notes Collateral Trustee with filed Mortgages with respect to such owned real property within 120 days of the Effective Date or 90 days of the acquisition of, or, entry into, or renewal of, a ground lease in respect of, such real property, as the case may be, in each case together with: 

	
(1)
	
evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that may be reasonably necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Notes Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Trustee, the Trustee and the Holders and the other Secured Parties, in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement, and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for; 

	
(2)
	
fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies or the equivalent or other form available in each applicable jurisdiction with endorsements and in customary amount (not to exceed the value of the real properties covered thereby), issued by title insurers, insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, subject to Permitted Notes Collateral Liens and Permitted Liens; 

 

 

	
(3)
	
surveys with respect to such owned real property, sufficient to permit the Issuer of the title insurance policy related thereto to provide coverage over survey-related matters; 

	
(4)
	
opinions of local counsel for the Company and the Guarantors in states in which the real properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings and including customary assumptions and qualifications to account for local law matters; and 

 

61

 

	
(5)
	
such other evidence that all other actions that the Notes Collateral Trustee may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken. 

SECTION 4.18. Activities of Escrow Issuer During the Escrow Period 

Prior to the consummation of the Acquisition and the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions, the Escrow Issuer and the Company will each comprise a limited purpose corporation whose primary activities are restricted to issuing the Notes, issuing capital stock to, and receiving capital contributions from, Intermediate Holdings, performing its obligations in respect of the Notes under the Indenture and the Escrow Agreement, and consummating the Escrow Conditions or, in the case of the Escrow Issuer, redeeming the Notes as set forth above under Section 3.09 hereof, and conducting such other activities as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the activities described above. Prior to the consummation of the Acquisition and the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions, none of the Escrow Issuer, the Company or Intermediate Holdings will engage in any business activity or enter into any transaction or agreement (including, without limitation, making any restricted payment, incurring any debt, incurring any Liens except in favor of the holders of the Notes, entering into any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or engaging in any transaction with its affiliates) except in the ordinary course of business or necessary to effectuate the Transactions substantially in accordance with the description of the Transactions set forth in the Offering Circular, together with such amendments, modifications and waivers that are not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to Intermediate Holdings and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions), taken as a whole, or to the holders of the Notes, as determined by Intermediate Holdings in good faith. 

SECTION 4.19. Escrow of Proceeds; Execution of Supplemental Indenture Upon Consummation of the Acquisition. 

(a)         On the Issue Date, the Escrow Issuer shall enter into the Escrow Agreement with the Trustee and the Escrow Agent. At the same time, the Initial Purchasers will deposit an amount equal to the aggregate initial offering price of the original issuance of the Notes into the Escrow Account created under the Escrow Agreement. All funds deposited into the Escrow Account will be held by the Escrow Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes. Pending release of the funds in the Escrow Account to the Escrow Issuer, either upon consummation of the Acquisition or the termination of the Acquisition, such funds will be invested, pursuant to specific written instructions of the Escrow Issuer, solely in Escrow Investments. 

To secure the Obligations with respect to the Notes, the Escrow Issuer shall grant the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, a first priority security interest in the Escrow Account and all deposits therein, pending disbursement as set forth in the Escrow Agreement. 

SECTION 4.20. Limitation on Capital Expenditures. 

Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, and from and after the Effective Date, the Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year in excess of $42,500,000 or such higher amount if approved by a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 

ARTICLE 5 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF 

ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS 

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 

(a)         Prior to the Effective Date, the Escrow Issuer will not, and Intermediate Holdings will not permit the Company to, and after the merger of the Escrow Issuer with and into the Company on the Effective Date, the Company will not, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Escrow Issuer or the Company is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

	
(1)
	
the Escrow Issuer or the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Escrow Issuer or the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Escrow Issuer, the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Issuer”); provided, however, that if such Successor Issuer is not a corporation, such Successor Issuer will form a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a corporation and cause such Wholly Owned Subsidiary to become a co-issuer of the Notes; 

 

62

 

	
(2)
	
the Successor Issuer (if other than the Escrow Issuer or the Company) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and Security Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments; 

	
(3)
	
immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

	
(4)
	
immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 

	
(A)
	
the Successor Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a) hereof or 

	
(B)
	
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and 

	
(5)
	
the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with the Indenture. 

The Successor Issuer (if other than the Escrow Issuer or the Company) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under the Indenture and the Security Documents, and the predecessor Issuer, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all assets, will be released from all obligations with respect to the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of the preceding paragraph, (A) the Escrow Issuer may merge with and into the Company on the Effective Date, (B) after the Effective Date, the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any Restricted Subsidiary, (C) after the Effective Date, the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby and (D) a transfer of assets among the Company and the Guarantors shall not be deemed to be a transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. 

(b)         The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 

	
(1)
	
except in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor (x) that has been disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other than to the Company, Intermediate Holdings or a Subsidiary of the Company or Intermediate Holdings), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or assets or (y) that, as a result of the disposition of all or a portion of its Capital Stock, ceases to be a Subsidiary, in both cases, if in connection therewith the Company provides an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that the Company will comply with its obligations under Section 4.06 in respect of such disposition, such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, except in the case of clause (x) or (y), being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”); 

 

 

	
(2)
	
the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) (to the extent applicable) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantors’ Guarantee of the Notes and the Security Documents pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 

	
(3)
	
immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor (to the extent applicable) or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor (to the extent applicable) or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 

	
(4)
	
the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) (to the extent applicable) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture. 

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Guarantor (to the extent applicable) will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes and the Security Documents, and the predecessor Subsidiary Guarantor, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all assets, will be released from all obligations with respect to its Guarantee, the Indenture and the Notes and the Security Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing 

 

63

 

clause (3), (A) a Subsidiary Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Subsidiary Guarantor in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor is not increased thereby and (B) a Subsidiary Guarantor may merge with another Guarantor or the Company. 

(c)         Intermediate Holdings will not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Intermediate Holdings is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 

	
(1)
	
Intermediate Holdings is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Intermediate Holdings) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (Intermediate Holdings or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Holdings Guarantor”); 

	
(2)
	
the Successor Holdings Guarantor (if other than Intermediate Holdings) expressly assumes all the obligations of Intermediate Holdings under the Indenture and Intermediate Holdings’ Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 

	
(3)
	
immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

	
(4)
	
to the extent any assets of Intermediate Holdings which is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Successor Holdings Guarantor are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, the Successor Holdings Guarantor will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture or any of the Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the Security Documents; and 

	
(5)
	
the Successor Holdings Guarantor (if other than Intermediate Holdings) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture. 

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Holdings Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, Intermediate Holdings under the Indenture and such Intermediate Holdings’ Guarantee of the Notes and the Security Documents and the predecessor Intermediate Holdings, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all assets, will be released from all obligations with respect to its Guarantee, the Indenture and the Notes and the Security Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (3), (A) Intermediate Holdings may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating Intermediate Holdings in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia, (B) Intermediate Holdings may merge with another Guarantor or the Company and (C) a transfer of assets among Intermediate Holdings, the Company and the Guarantors shall not be deemed to be a transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of Intermediate Holdings’ assets. 

ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” with respect to all of the Notes occurs if 

(a)         a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due continued for 30 days, 

(b)         a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, 

(c)         the failure by the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any other Guarantor to comply with its obligations under the covenant described under Section 5.01, 

(d)         failure by the Escrow Issuer, the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements in the Indenture or the Notes other than those referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above, 

 

64

 

(e)         the failure by the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $10.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent or such Indebtedness is in respect of the North America ABL Facility, 

(f)         the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(i)         commences a voluntary case; 

(ii)        consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 

(iii)       consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(iv)       makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, 

(g)         a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i)         is for relief against the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(ii)        appoints a Custodian of the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(iii)       orders the winding up or liquidation of the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary; or 

(iv)       any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws; 

and, in each case, the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days, 

(h)         failure by the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days, 

(i)         the Guarantee of any Notes by Intermediate Holdings or a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the Indenture or the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under the Indenture or any Guarantee of any Notes and such Default continues for 10 days, 

(j)         unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Subsidiary shall assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such Subsidiary, the Company fails to cause such Subsidiary to rescind such assertions within 30 days after the Company has actual knowledge of such assertions, 

(k)         the failure by the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents except for a failure that would not be material to the holders of the Notes and would not materially affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole; or 

(l)         failure by the Escrow Issuer to consummate the Special Mandatory Redemption. 

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

A Default under clause (d) or (k) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company in writing or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee in writing of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in clauses (d) or (k) above after receipt of such notice. 

 

65

 

Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.” The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

If the Notes are accelerated or otherwise become due prior to their maturity date, in each case, as a result of an Event of Default, the amount of principal of, accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the Notes that becomes due and payable shall equal the redemption price applicable with respect to an optional redemption of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 of the Notes in effect on the date of such acceleration as if such acceleration were an optional redemption of the Notes accelerated that was consummated on such date.  

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that if the Notes are accelerated or otherwise become due prior to their maturity date, in each case, in respect of any Event of Default (including, but not limited to, upon the operation of the bankruptcy provisions (including the acceleration of claims by operation of law)), the premium applicable with respect to an optional redemption of the Notes will also be due and payable as though the Notes were optionally redeemed and shall constitute part of the Obligations with respect to the Notes, in view of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of ascertaining actual damages and by mutual agreement of the parties as to a reasonable calculation of each Holder’s lost profits as a result thereof. Any premium payable above shall be presumed to be the liquidated damages sustained by each Holder as the result of the early redemption and the Issuer agrees that it is reasonable under the circumstances currently existing. The premium shall also be payable in the event the Notes (and/or the Indenture) are satisfied or released by foreclosure (whether by power of judicial proceeding), deed in lieu of foreclosure or by any other means. THE ISSUER EXPRESSLY WAIVES (TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LAWFULLY DO SO) THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE OR LAW THAT PROHIBITS OR MAY PROHIBIT THE COLLECTION OF THE FOREGOING PREMIUM IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH ACCELERATION. The Issuer expressly agrees (to the fullest extent it may lawfully do so) that: (A) the premium is reasonable and is the product of an arm’s length transaction between sophisticated business people, ably represented by counsel; (B) the premium shall be payable notwithstanding the then prevailing market rates at the time payment is made; (C) there has been a course of conduct between Holders and the Issuer giving specific consideration in this transaction for such agreement to pay the premium; and (D) the Issuer shall be estopped hereafter from claiming differently than as agreed to in this paragraph. The Issuer expressly acknowledges that its agreement to pay the premium to Holders as herein described is a material inducement to Holders to purchase the Notes 

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Escrow Issuer or the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Escrow Issuer or Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any applicable judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not commence any litigation, foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding absent the express direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 

 

66

 

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such direction is unduly prejudicial to any Holder. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

(a)         A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(i)         such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(ii)        the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(iii)       such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; 

(iv)       the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 

(v)        the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period. 

(b)         A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 

SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, subject to the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.06. 

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for compensation, reasonable expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order (subject in each case to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement): 

FIRST: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06 and the Notes Collateral Trustee for any amounts, expenses, costs or liabilities owed to or incurred by it relating to or in connection with any Security Document or this Indenture;  

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 

 

67

 

THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for or from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall provide to each Holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

SECTION 6.13. Intercreditor Agreement. The exercise of any remedies and the application of the collection of any money or property under this Article 6 shall be subject to any applicable provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

SECTION 6.14. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceedings to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 

ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 

(a)         If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs. 

(b)         Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i)         the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants, obligations, responsibilities or duties shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii)        in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officer’s Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts, statements, opinions or conclusions stated therein). 

 

68

 

(c)         The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(i)         this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 

(ii)        the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(iii)       the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05; and 

(iv)       no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 

 

 

(d)         Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section. 

(e)         The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. 

(f)         Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

(a)         The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b)         Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both which shall conform to Section 12.02 and 12.03. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c)         The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 

(d)         The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence. 

(e)         The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(f)         The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding and indemnified in accordance with Section 6.05, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may reasonably see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of making or not making such inquiry or investigation. 

(g)         The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.  

 

69

 

(h)         The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder including as Notes Collateral Trustee and in its capacity as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder and thereunder. 

(i)         The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 

(j)         The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty. 

(k)        The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an incumbency certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture (an “Incumbency Certificate”), which Incumbency Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Incumbency Certificate, including a person as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not suspended. 

(l)         In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(m)       Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company and any resolution of the Board of Directors shall be sufficient if evidenced by a copy of such resolution certified by an Officer of the Company to have been duly adopted and in full force and effect as of the date of such certification. 

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.08 and 7.09. 

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default other than (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) or (b) or (ii) any Default of which a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof from the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder. As used herein, actual knowledge means the actual fact or statement of knowing, without any duty to make any investigation with regard thereto. 

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall provide to each Holder notice of the Default by the later of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee at the Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

SECTION 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee compensation as agreed in writing for their services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee upon request for all reasonable out- of-pocket expenses, disbursements or advances incurred or made by it in connection with carrying out its rights or duties hereunder or under the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, including reasonable costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s and the Note Collateral Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Trustee and their Related Persons against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, and under any Security Document to which the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee is a party and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Notes or Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual 

 

70

 

knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder unless and to the extent the Issuer or such Guarantor is materially prejudiced thereby. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. 

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.  

The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination, satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (h) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 

SECTION 7.07. Replacement of Trustee. 

(a)         The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if: 

(i)         the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09; 

(ii)        the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(iii)       a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(iv)       the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

(b)         If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by this Indenture. 

(c)         If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 

(d)         A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall provide a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06. 

(e)         If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.  

(f)         If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(g)         Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

 

71

 

SECTION 7.08. Successor Trustee by Merger. Subject to Section 7.09 and the other applicable requirements of this Indenture, if the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

SECTION 7.09. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

ARTICLE 8 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. 

(a)         This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when: 

(i)         (1) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (2) all of the Notes (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (c) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; it being understood, in the case of a discharge that occurs in connection with a redemption, the amount to be deposited shall be the amount that, as of the date of such deposit, is deemed sufficient to make such payment and discharge on the date of redemption, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer and as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate; 

(ii)        the Issuer or the Guarantors have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and 

(iii)       the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

(b)         Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and the Security Documents with respect to Holders of the Notes (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.20 for the benefit of the Notes and the operation of Section 5.01(a)(iv), 5.01(b) and 5.01(c) and Sections 6.01(c) (only as it applies to Section 5.01(a)(iv)), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(i), 6.01(j) and 6.01(k) for the benefit of the Notes (“covenant defeasance option”). If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Guarantee and the Security Documents. The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 

 

72

 

If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(h) (with respect to only Significant Subsidiaries) 6.01(i), 6.01(j) or 6.01(k) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates. 

(c)         Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.06, 7.07 and in this Article 8 shall survive until all the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.06, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if: 

(i)         the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee in respect of cash in U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on the applicable Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(ii)        in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall state that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable; 

(iii)       in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 

(iv)       the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent (other than that described in clause (iii) above) to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all the Notes, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancelation, have become due and payable. 

SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased. 

SECTION 8.04. Repayment to the Company. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 

SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such Government Obligations. 

 

73

 

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. 

(a)         The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee (or the Notes Collateral Trustee, as applicable) may amend this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Trust Agreement, any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement without notice to or consent of any Holder: 

(i)         to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency; 

(ii)        to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of this “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes was intended to be a substantially verbatim recitation of a provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Circular (based on an Officer’s Certificate to such effect); 

(iii)       to comply with Article 5; 

(iv)       to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 

(v)        to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes; 

(vi)       to secure the Notes or to add additional assets as Collateral; 

(vii)      to release Collateral from the Lien or any Guarantor from its Guarantee, in each case pursuant to this Indenture, the Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents, the Collateral Trust Agreement, the other Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement when permitted or required by this Indenture or the Security Documents; 

(viii)     to add to the covenants of the Escrow Issuer, Intermediate Holdings, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Escrow Issuer, Intermediate Holdings, the Company or any Guarantor; 

(ix)       to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 

(x)        to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, which, except as otherwise provided herein, shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes; and 

(xi)       to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes. 

The Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement may also be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms. 

After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall provide to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.  

 

74

 

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders. 

(a)         The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee (or the Notes Collateral Trustee, as applicable) may amend this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Trust Agreement, any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes); provided, however, that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee (and to the Notes Collateral Trustee, as applicable) an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.02 and covering the matters set forth in Sections 12.04 and 12.05. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not: 

(i)         reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, 

(ii)        reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note, 

(iii)       reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note, 

(iv)       reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time when any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article 3, 

(v)        make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note, 

(vi)       make any change in Section 6.04, 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section 9.02, 

(vii)      impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, 

(viii)     expressly subordinate the Notes or any Guarantee in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Escrow Issuer, the Company or any Guarantor, or 

(ix)       except as expressly provided by this Indenture, release all or substantially all of the Guarantees. 

Without the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (i) except as expressly provided in this Indenture, no amendment or waiver may modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders, (ii) except as provided in the Collateral Trust Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, no amendment or waiver may release from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents all or substantially all of the Collateral and (iii) no amendment or waiver may make any change in the Collateral Trust Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement or the provisions in this Indenture, in each case dealing with the application of trust proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the Noteholders (other than as expressly provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Trust Agreement, the other Security Documents, the Indenture or the other Pari Passu Lien Debt Documents).  

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

(b)         After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall provide to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02. 

(c)         In determining whether the holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled by the Issuer or any Guarantor, shall be considered as though not outstanding. 

SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 

(a)         A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Company certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or 

 

75

 

the Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee. 

(b)         The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 

SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee at the direction of the Issuer may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.  

SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee (and, as applicable, the Notes Collateral Trustee) shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee. If it does, the Trustee (and, as applicable, the Notes Collateral Trustee) may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03) and covering the matters set forth in Sections 12.04 and 12.05 hereof. Such opinion shall not be an expense of the Trustee. 

SECTION 9.06. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. Except as expressly provided in this Indenture, including under Section 9.02, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14.  

ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees. 

(a)         Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety on a senior basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer (including obligations to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee) under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. The Guaranteed Obligations of a Guarantor will be secured by security interests in the Collateral owned by such Guarantor to the extent provided for in the Security Documents and as required pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.11. 

(b)         Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document, or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any 

 

76

 

security held by any Holder, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.02(b). 

(c)         Subject to Section 10.02(a), each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company or any other Guarantor first be used and depleted as payment of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Company be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor. 

(d)         Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

(e)         Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

(f)         Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.02, each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 and 10.02, each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.  

(g)         In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer then due to the Holders, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

(h)         Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01. 

(i)         Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, or the Notes Collateral Trustee, or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 

(j)         Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

 

77

 

(k)         All Guarantors desire to allocate among themselves (collectively, the “Contributing Guarantors”), in a fair and equitable manner, the economic consequences resulting from the performance of their respective obligations arising under this Indenture. Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under its Guarantee such that its Aggregate Payments exceed its Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in an amount sufficient to cause each Contributing Guarantor’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date. “Fair Share” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to such Contributing Guarantor, to (ii) the aggregate of the Fair Share Contribution Amounts with respect to all Contributing Guarantors, multiplied by (b) the aggregate amount paid or distributed on or before such date by all Funding Guarantors under their respective Guarantees in respect of the obligations guaranteed. “Fair Share Contribution Amount” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations of such Contributing Guarantor under its Guarantee that would not render its obligations hereunder or thereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any comparable applicable provisions of state law; provided that solely for purposes of calculating the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to any Contributing Guarantor for purposes of this Section 10.01, any assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder shall not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor. “Aggregate Payments” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate amount of all payments and distributions made on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee (including in respect of this Section 10.01), minus (2) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Guarantor from the other Contributing Guarantors as contributions under this Section 10.01. The amounts payable as contributions hereunder shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment or distribution is made by the applicable Funding Guarantor. Each Contributing Guarantor is a third party beneficiary to the contribution agreement set forth in this Section 10.01(k). For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10.01(k) shall limit or impair, by implication or otherwise, each Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee. 

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability. 

(a)         Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

(b)         A Guarantee as to any Restricted Subsidiary shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be automatically released from all obligations under this Article 10 upon: 

(i)        the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary) if such sale, disposition or other transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture, in each case other than to the Issuer, Intermediate Holdings or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 

(ii)       the Issuer designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; or 

(iii)      the Issuer’s exercise of the Issuer’s legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with Section 8.01 or if the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder, the Notes Collateral Trustee or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 

SECTION 10.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

 

78

 

SECTION 10.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 

SECTION 10.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Person which is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture is permitted by and complies with this Indenture.  

ARTICLE 11 

SECURITY DOCUMENTS 

SECTION 11.01. Collateral and Security Documents. 

(a)         The due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes and performance of all other Guaranteed Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee and all other Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Guaranteed Obligations and such other Obligations, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting a Note and the benefits of this Indenture, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the other Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and foreclosure of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreement as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Trustee to enter into the Collateral Trust Agreement, the other Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee (if the Trustee is not itself then the Notes Collateral Trustee) copies of all documents delivered to the Notes Collateral Trustee pursuant to the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of this Section 11.01, to assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. Subject to the terms of and solely to the extent set forth in this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents, the Company shall take, and shall cause Intermediate Holdings and the Subsidiaries of the Company to take, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien and security interest in and on all of the Collateral (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), in favor of the Notes Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Trustee, the Holders and the other Secured Parties under the Security Documents.  

SECTION 11.02. Release of Collateral. 

(a)         Subject to Section 11.03(b) and 11.04 hereof, Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or as provided hereby. After the Effective Date, the Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to a release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Trustee shall release, or instruct the Notes Collateral Trustee to release, as applicable, the same from such Liens at the Company’s sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances: 

(1)         to enable the Company and the Guarantors to consummate the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of such property or assets to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.06; 

(2)         in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the Notes, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor; 

(3)         pursuant to an amendment or waiver in accordance with Article 9 of this Indenture; 

 

79

 

(4)         if the Notes have been defeased or this Indenture has been discharged pursuant to Article 8; or 

(5)         upon payment in full and discharge of all Notes outstanding under the Indenture and all Obligations that are outstanding, due and payable under the Indenture at the time the Notes are paid in full and discharged. 

The junior priority lien on the North America ABL Collateral securing the Notes will terminate and be released automatically if the senior priority liens on the North America ABL Collateral are released by the North America ABL Facility Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the North American ABL Facility (even if, at the time of such release of such senior priority liens, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture), including, without limitation, in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition of North America ABL Collateral that is (i) effected by the Company or any Guarantor to the extent permitted by the North America ABL Facility or otherwise permitted with the consent of, or at the direction of, the North America ABL Facility Administrative Agent or (ii) occurs in connection with the foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such North America ABL Collateral by the North America ABL Facility Administrative Agent (except, in each case, with respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer or disposition that remain after satisfaction in full of the Lenders Debt). 

Upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, if any, to such release have been met, and upon receipt of any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company, the Notes Collateral Trustee shall execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Company’s expense) such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, and in connection therewith and if permitted therein, shall return to the Company any possessory Collateral then in the possession of the Notes Collateral Trustee or in the possession of any Person on behalf of the Notes Collateral Trustee. 

(b)         At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee (if not then the Notes Collateral Trustee) has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Notes Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders, except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.  

SECTION 11.03. Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien. 

(a)         The release of any Collateral from the terms hereof and of the Security Documents or the release of, in whole or in part, the Liens created by the Security Documents, will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral or Liens are released pursuant to (x) the applicable Security Documents and the terms of this Article 11 or (y) the Intercreditor Agreement. Each of the Holders acknowledges that a release of Collateral or a Lien in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and of this Article 11 will not be deemed for any purpose to be in contravention of the terms of this Indenture. 

(b)         In connection with any release of Collateral permitted by this Section 11.03, the Trustee shall, and shall cause the Notes Collateral Trustee to, do or cause to be done, all acts reasonably necessary to effectuate the release the Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees with respect to such Collateral as soon as reasonably practicable, including but not limited to execution, delivery or acknowledgement (at the Company’s expense) of such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, and in connection therewith and if permitted therein, shall return to the Company any possessory Collateral then in the possession of the Notes Collateral Trustee or in the possession of any Person on behalf of the Notes Collateral Trustee. 

SECTION 11.04. Suits to Protect the Collateral. Subject to the provisions of Article 6 hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Trustee in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the Notes Collateral Trustee to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to: 

(a)         enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and 

(b)         collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Company hereunder. 

Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have power to institute and to maintain, or to direct the Notes Collateral Trustee to institute and maintain, suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain 

 

80

 

suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee). 

SECTION 11.05. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Security Documents. Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture. 

SECTION 11.06. Purchaser Protected. In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Notes Collateral Trustee or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 11 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer. 

SECTION 11.07. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 11 upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee. 

SECTION 11.08. Release upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations. In the event that the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) on, the Notes and all other Obligations under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any), are paid or (ii) the Company shall have exercised its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, in each case in compliance with the provisions of Article 8, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the Notes Collateral Trustee a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than with respect to funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 8), and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the Notes Collateral Trustee of such notice and otherwise pursuant to in accordance with Section 4.4(a) of the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Notes Collateral Trustee shall not be deemed to hold a Lien in the Collateral securing the Notes outstanding under the Indenture or any other Obligations under the Indenture, and the right of the Holders of the Notes and such Obligations to the benefits and proceeds of the Notes Collateral Trustee’s Lien on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged in accordance with Section 4.4(a) of the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

SECTION 11.09. Notes Collateral Trustee. 

(a)         The Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and appoints the Notes Collateral Trustee as its agent under this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and as a holder of the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and such Holder pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and the Trustee, each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes and the benefits of this Indenture hereby irrevocably authorizes the Notes Collateral Trustee to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Notes Collateral Trustee by the terms of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Trustee, each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes and the benefits of this Indenture hereby irrevocably grants to the Notes Collateral Trustee a comisión mercantil con representación in accordance with articles 273, 274, and other applicable articles of the Commerce Code (Código de Comercio) of Mexico, to act on its behalf as agent hereunder and under the respective Security Documents in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, and the Notes Collateral Trustee hereby accepts such comisión mercantil con representación. The Notes Collateral Trustee agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 11.09. The provisions of this Section 11.09 are solely for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Trustee and none of the Trustee, any of the Holders nor any of the Grantors shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein other than as expressly provided in Section 11.03. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes Collateral Trustee shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Notes Collateral Trustee have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder or any Grantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise exist against the Notes Collateral Trustee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with 

 

81

 

reference to the Notes Collateral Trustee is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Notes Collateral Trustee shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions which the Notes Collateral Trustee is expressly entitled to take or assert under this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the exercise of remedies pursuant to Article VI, and any action so taken or not taken shall be deemed consented to by the Trustee and the Holders.  

(b)         The Notes Collateral Trustee may execute any of its duties under this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement by or through agents, employees, attorneys-in-fact or through its Related Persons and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Notes Collateral Trustee shall not be responsible for the gross negligence or misconduct of any agent, employee, attorney-in-fact or Related Person that it selects as long as such selection was made without gross negligence or willful misconduct. 

(c)         None of the Notes Collateral Trustee or any of its respective Related Persons shall (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or under or in connection with any Security Document or Intercreditor Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for any recital, statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company or any Grantor or Affiliate of any Grantor, or any officer or Related Person thereof, contained in this or any Indenture, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Notes Collateral Trustee under or in connection with, this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, or for any failure of any Grantor or any other party to this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Notes Collateral Trustee or any of its respective Related Persons shall be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or to inspect the properties, books, or records of any Grantor or any Grantor’s Affiliates.  

(d)         The Notes Collateral Trustee shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex, or telephone message, statement, or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to any Grantor), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Notes Collateral Trustee. The Notes Collateral Trustee shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Trustee as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Holders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Notes Collateral Trustee shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with a request or consent of the Trustee and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Holders. 

(e)         The Notes Collateral Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless the Notes Collateral Trustee shall have received written notice from the Trustee or a Grantor referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Notes Collateral Trustee shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee in accordance with Article 6; provided, however, that unless and until the Notes Collateral Trustee has received any such request, the Notes Collateral Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable. 

(f)         Wilmington Trust, National Association and its respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with any Grantor and its Affiliates as though it was not the Notes Collateral Trustee hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Trustee. The Trustee and the Holders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, Wilmington Trust, National Association or its respective Affiliates may receive information regarding any Grantor or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of any such Grantor or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Notes Collateral Trustee shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to the Trustee or the Holders. 

 

82

 

(g)         The Notes Collateral Trustee may resign at any time upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Trustee and the Grantors, such resignation to be effective upon the acceptance of a successor agent to its appointment as Notes Collateral Trustee. If the Notes Collateral Trustee resigns under this Indenture, the Trustee, subject to the consent of the Issuer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default), shall appoint a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Notes Collateral Trustee, the Notes Collateral Trustee may appoint, after consulting with the Trustee, subject to the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default), a successor collateral agent. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor collateral agent hereunder, such successor collateral agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Notes Collateral Trustee, and the term “Notes Collateral Trustee” shall mean such successor collateral agent, and the retiring Notes Collateral Trustee’s appointment, powers and duties as the Notes Collateral Trustee shall be terminated. After the retiring Notes Collateral Trustee’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 11.09 shall inure to its benefit and the retiring Notes Collateral Trustee shall not by reason of such resignation be deemed to be released from liability as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Notes Collateral Trustee under this Indenture. 

(h)         Wilmington Trust, National Association shall initially act as Notes Collateral Trustee and shall be authorized to appoint co-Notes Collateral Trustees as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein or in the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, neither the Notes Collateral Trustee nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents or other Related Persons shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Notes Collateral Trustee shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Notes Collateral Trustee nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. 

(i)         The Notes Collateral Trustee is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Security Documents, enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) perform and observe its obligations under the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. 

(j)         The Trustee agrees that it shall not, and shall not instruct the Notes Collateral Trustee to, unless specifically requested to do so by a majority of the Holders, take or cause to be taken any action to enforce its rights under this Indenture or against any Grantor, including the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral. 

If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive 

(i)         by payment, foreclosure, set-off or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations arising under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the Trustee from the Notes Collateral Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or 

(ii)        payments from the Notes Collateral Trustee in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant to Article VI, the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Notes Collateral Trustee, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Notes Collateral Trustee. 

(k)         The Trustee is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC can be perfected only by possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such Collateral, upon request from the Company, the Trustee shall notify the Notes Collateral Trustee thereof, and, promptly upon the Notes Collateral Trustee’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Notes Collateral Trustee or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Notes Collateral Trustee’s instructions. 

(l)         The Notes Collateral Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Grantor or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Notes Collateral Trustee’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Notes Collateral Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Notes Collateral Trustee may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given the Notes Collateral Trustee’s own interest in the Collateral and that the Notes Collateral Trustee shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to the Trustee or any Holder as to any of the foregoing. 

 

83

 

(m)         If the Company (i) Incurs any obligations in respect of Lenders Debt at any time when no intercreditor agreement is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting Lenders Debt entitled to the benefit of an existing Intercreditor Agreement is concurrently retired, and (ii) delivers to the Notes Collateral Trustee an Officer’s Certificate so stating and requesting the Notes Collateral Trustee to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the Lenders Debt so Incurred, the Notes Collateral Trustee shall (and is hereby authorized and directed to) enter into such intercreditor agreement (at the sole expense and cost of the Company, including legal fees and expenses of the Notes Collateral Trustee), bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder. 

(n)         In respect of Security Documents governed by German law, the Notes Collateral Trustee shall:

(i)         hold and administer any Collateral governed by German law which is security assigned (Sicherungseigentum/Sicherungsabtretung) or otherwise transferred under a non-accessory security right (nicht-akzessorische Sicherheit) or as an accessory right to the extent serving as collateral for the Obligations in respect of Parallel Debt to it as trustee (Treuhänder) for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders; and 

(ii)        administer any Collateral governed by German law which is pledged (Verpfändung) or otherwise transferred to the Trustee or any Holder under an accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) as agent. 

The Trustee and the Holders hereby authorize the Notes Collateral Trustee (whether or not by or through employees or agents): 

(i)         to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Notes Collateral Trustee under such Security Documents together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto; 

(ii)        to take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with such Security Documents; and 

(iii)       to accept as its representative (Stellvertreter) any pledge or other creation of any accessory security right granted in favor of the Trustee and such Holder in connection with such Security Documents and to agree to and execute on its behalf as its representative (Stellvertreter) any amendments and/or alterations to any such Security Document which creates a pledge or any other accessory security right (akzessorische Sicherheit) including the release or confirmation of release of such Collateral. 

The Trustee and each Holder hereby releases the Notes Collateral Trustee from any restrictions on double representation and self-dealing under any applicable law, and in particular from the restrictions of Section 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch), in each case to the extent legally possible, to make use of any authorization granted under this Indenture and to perform its duties and obligations as Notes Collateral Trustee under such Security Documents. If the Trustee or any Holder is barred by its constitutional documents or by-laws from granting such exemption, such Person shall notify the Notes Collateral Trustee accordingly. 

The Trustee and each Holder hereby ratifies and approves all acts and declarations previously done by the Notes Collateral Trustee on such Person’s behalf (including for the avoidance of doubt the declarations made by the Notes Collateral Trustee as representative without power of attorney (Vertreter ohne Vertretungsmacht) in relation to the creation of any pledge (Pfandrecht) on behalf and for the benefit of any such Person as future pledgee or otherwise). 

SECTION 11.10. Designations. Except as provided in the next sentence, for purposes of the provisions hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement requiring the Company to designate Indebtedness for the purposes of the terms “Lenders Debt” and “Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations” or any other such designations hereunder or under the Intercreditor Agreement, any such designation shall be sufficient if the relevant designation is set forth in writing, signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Trustee and the North America ABL Facility Administrative Agent. For all purposes hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company hereby designates the Obligations pursuant to the ABL Facility as “Lenders Debt.” 

SECTION 11.11. Parallel Debt. 

Solely for the purpose of the Security Documents governed by German law: 

(a)         Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Notes Collateral Trustee amounts equal to any amounts owing from time to time by that Grantor to the Trustee and the Holders under the Indenture and the Notes as and when those amounts are due (the “Parallel Debt”). 

 

84

 

(b)         Each Grantor acknowledges that the obligations of each Grantor under clause (a) above are several and are separate and independent from, and shall not in any way limit or affect, the corresponding obligations of that Grantor to the Trustee or any Holder under the Indenture and the Notes (its “Corresponding Debt”) nor shall the amounts for which each Grantor is liable under clause (a) above (its Parallel Debt) be limited or affected in any way by its Corresponding Debt provided that: (i) the Parallel Debt of each Grantor shall be decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guaranty obligations) discharged; and (ii) the Corresponding Debt of each Grantor shall be decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guaranty obligations) discharged; and (iii) the amount of the Parallel Debt of a Grantor shall at all times be equal to the amount of its Corresponding Debt. 

(c)         For the purpose of this Section 11.11, the Notes Collateral Trustee acts in its own name and not as a trustee, and its claims in respect of the Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust. The Collateral granted under the Security Documents governed by German law to the Notes Collateral Trustee to secure the Parallel Debt are granted to the Notes Collateral Trustee in its capacity as creditor of the Parallel Debt and shall not be held on trust. 

(d)         All moneys received or recovered by the Notes Collateral Trustee pursuant to this 11.11, and all amounts received or recovered by the Notes Collateral Trustee from or by the enforcement of any Collateral granted to secure the Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with Section 3.4 of the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

SECTION 11.12. Security Documents governed by English law. The security contemplated under the Security Documents governed by English law is granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties.  

ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 

SECTION 12.01. Notices. 

(a)         Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 

if to the Issuer or a Guarantor: 

SGH Escrow Corporation 

15301 Ventura Boulevard 

Suite 400 

Sherman Oaks, CA 91403 

Attention: Kyle Ross 

Facsimile: (805) 435-1727 

if to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Trustee: 

Wilmington Trust, National Association 

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402 

Attention: Real Alloy Holding, Inc. Administrator 

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 

(b)         The Issuer, the Notes Collateral Trustee or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 

(c)         Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received. 

(d)         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be 

 

85

 

sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depositary (or its designee), including by electronic mail in accordance with accepted practices at the Depositary. 

SECTION 12.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 

(a)         an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and  

(b)         an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

SECTION 12.03. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 

(a)         a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b)         a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(c)         a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d)         a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials. 

SECTION 12.04. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 

SECTION 12.05. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

SECTION 12.06. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 

SECTION 12.07. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREIN. 

SECTION 12.08. No Recourse Against Others. No affiliate, director, officer, employee or incorporator of the Escrow Issuer, the Company or any Guarantor, or holder of any equity interests in the Escrow Issuer, the Company, Intermediate Holdings or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Intermediate Holdings or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture, as applicable, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note and each Hedge Bank by accepting the benefits of this Indenture waives and releases all such liability. 

SECTION 12.09. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

SECTION 12.10. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

 

86

 

SECTION 12.11. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 12.12. Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 

SECTION 12.13. Intercreditor Agreement Governs. Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Notes Collateral Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Notes Collateral Trustee and on behalf of such Holder. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement, such provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the holders of Lenders Debt to extend credit and such holders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. 

SECTION 12.14. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above. 

 

	
SGH ESCROW CORPORATION

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
 
	
/s/ Kyle Ross

	
 
	
 
	
Name: Kyle Ross

	
 
	
 
	
Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

	
 

	
REAL ALLOY INTERMEDIATE HOLDING, LLC

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
 
	
/s/ Jeffrey Crusinberry

	
 
	
 
	
Name: Jeffrey Crusinberry

	
 
	
 
	
Title: President and Treasurer

[Signature Page to Indenture] 

 

	
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
 
	
/s/ Jane Schweiger

	
 
	
 
	
Name: Jane Schweiger

	
 
	
 
	
Title: Vice President

	
 

	
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION, as Notes Collateral Trustee

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
 
	
/s/ Jane Schweiger

	
 
	
 
	
Name: Jane Schweiger

	
 
	
 
	
Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Indenture] 

 

 

 

 

87

 

Exhibit A1 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

sgh escrow corporation 

10.000% Senior Secured Notes Due 2019 

CUSIP No. 784183 AA3 

ISIN No. US784183AA30 

$ [         ] 

No. [         ] 

SGH ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [         ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [         ] Dollars ($[         ]) (or such other amount as set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests In the Global Note attached hereto) on January 15, 2019. 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15. 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

Dated: 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

	
SGH ESCROW CORPORATION

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
by:
	
 
	
 

	
 
	
 
	
Name:

	
 
	
 
	
Title:

	
 

	
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
 

	
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

	
 

	
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
by:
	
 
	
 

	
 
	
 
	
Authorized Signatory

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
Dated:
	
 
	
 

 

 

 

 

A1-2

 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

10.000% Senior Secured Notes Due 2019 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

	
1.
	
Interest 

SGH Escrow Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such Person, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 10.000%. The Issuer will pay interest semiannually in arrears to the holders of record of the Notes on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2015. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by this Note plus 1.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

	
2.
	
Method of Payment 

The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 and July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and interest) through the Paying Agent by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on a certificated Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

	
3.
	
Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. 

	
4.
	
Indenture 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 8, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Intermediate Holdings, the Trustee and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Securities Act for a statement of those terms.  

The Notes are secured obligations of the Issuer. The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments; engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets to secure indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments of subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and engage in sale/leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications contained in the Indenture. If and to the extent that any provision of this Note limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Indenture, such provision of the Indenture shall control. 

	
5.
	
Optional Redemption 

Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes.

On and after January 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice provided in accordance with the Indenture, at the following redemption 

 

A1-3

 

prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the periods indicated below: 

 

	
Period
	
 
	
Redemption
    Price    
	
 

	
January 15, 2018 – July 14, 2018
	
 
	
105.000
	
%

	
July 15, 2018 and thereafter
	
 
	
100.000
	
%

In addition, prior to January 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice provided in accordance with the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date). Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to January 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice provided in accordance with the Indenture, in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any), remains outstanding after each such redemption and (2) such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof. 

In connection with any redemption of Notes under the Indenture (including in connection with a Change of Control, an Asset Sale Offer or a redemption described in this Paragraph 5), any such redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity Offering, other financing or a Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, any of such conditions may be waived, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. 

	
6.
	
Notice of Redemption 

Notice of redemption will be provided at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 

	
7.
	
Special Mandatory Redemption 

In the event that (i) the Acquisition is not consummated on or prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, (ii) at any time prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, certain conditions in the Escrow Agreement are deemed by the Escrow Issuer to be incapable of being satisfied on or prior to the applicable Outside Date, (iii) at any time prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, the Purchase and Sale Agreement is terminated or (iv) the Initial Outside Date is not extended as set forth in the Indenture (any such event being a “Mandatory Redemption Event”), the Escrow Issuer will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a redemption price equal to 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date to, but not including, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date fixed for such redemption. If a Mandatory Redemption Event occurs, the Escrow Issuer will send the notice of a Special Mandatory Redemption (the “Special Redemption Notice”) within three Business Day following the occurrence of a Mandatory Redemption Event and in no event later 

 

A1-4

 

than three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent. The Special Redemption Notice will specify the date fixed for such Special Mandatory Redemption (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), which date may not be sooner than three Business Days from the date of such Special Redemption Notice and no later than the applicable Outside Date. Concurrently with the delivery of the Special Redemption Notice, the Escrow Issuer will instruct the Trustee to, at the Escrow Issuer’s expense, send (by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC) a notice that a Special Mandatory Redemption will occur on the applicable Outside Date or the earlier date specified in the Special Redemption Notice. Within three Business Days after the Trustee’s delivery of such notice of a Mandatory Redemption Event (or, if earlier, on the applicable Outside Date), the Escrow Issuer will consummate the Special Mandatory Redemption. 

	
 8.
	
Put Provisions 

Unless the Issuer has given notice of redemption as described under Article 3 of the Indenture with respect to all the Notes, not later than 30 days following any Change of Control, any Holder of Notes will have the right to cause the Issuer to purchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased plus accrued interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of the Indenture. 

	
9.
	
Guarantee 

The payment by the Issuer of the principal of, and premium and interest on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 

	
10.
	
Security 

The Notes will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. 

	
11.
	
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.  

	
12.
	
Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

	
13.
	
Unclaimed Money 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment. 

	
14.
	
Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of its and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or, in certain cases, U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

	
15.
	
Amendment, Waiver 

The Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement to the extent provided in Article 9 of the Indenture. 

 

A1-5

 

	
16.
	
Defaults and Remedies 

Article 6 of the Indenture provides for certain Events of Default and remedies with respect to the Notes. 

	
17.
	
Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Securities Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

	
18.
	
No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Issuer or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation; provided, however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor under the Indenture or its Guarantee. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

	
19.
	
Authentication 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

	
20.
	
Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

	
21.
	
CUSIP Numbers 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Issuer have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

	
22.
	
Intercreditor Agreement 

Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, among General Electric Capital Corporation, as North America ABL Agent; Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Trustee; Real Alloy Intermediate Holding, LLC; the Issuer; and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture (the “Intercreditor Agreement”). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Trustee and Notes Collateral Trustee, respectively, and on behalf of such Holder. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement, such provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the holders of Lenders Debt to extend credit and such holders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. 

 

A1-6

 

	
23.
	
Governing Law 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

The Issuer will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 

SGH Escrow Corporation 

15301 Ventura Boulevard 

Suite 400 

Sherman Oaks, CA 91403 

Attention: Kyle Ross 

 

 

 

A1-7

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

					
	
 

	
 

Dated:
	
 
	
 
	
 

Your Signature:
	
 

	
 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, check the box: 

 ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $             

 

								
	
Dated: 
	
 
	
 
	
Your Signature: 
	
 

	
 
	
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

	
Signature Guarantee: 
	
 

	
 
	
(Signature must be guaranteed)

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

 

 

 

 

 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

	
Date of Exchange
	
 
	
Amount of decrease in
Principal amount of
this Global Note
	
 
	
Amount of increase in
Principal amount of
this Global Note
	
 
	
Principal amount of
this Global Note
following such 
decrease or increase
	
 
	
Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

	
*
	
This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A2 

[Form of Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 

SGH ESCROW CORPORATION 

10.000% Senior Secured Notes Due 2019 

CUSIP No. U8200V AA7 

ISIN No. USU8200VAA71 

$ [         ] 

No. [         ] 

SGH ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [            ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Dollars ($[            ]) (or such other amount as set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests In the Global Note attached hereto) on January 15, 2019. 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15. 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

Dated: 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

	
SGH ESCROW CORPORATION

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
by:
	
 
	
 

	
 
	
 
	
Name:

	
 
	
 
	
Title:

	
 

	
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
 

	
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

	
 

	
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notesreferred to in the Indenture.

	
 

	
by:
	
 
	
 

	
 
	
 
	
Authorized Signatory

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
Dated:
	
 
	
 

 

 

 

 

A2-2

 

[FROM of Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 

10.000% Senior Secured Notes Due 2019 

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). 

[PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND] 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.02 AND SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

	
1.
	
Interest 

SGH Escrow Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such Person, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 10.000%. The Issuer will pay interest semiannually in arrears to the holders of record of the Notes on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2015. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by this Note plus 1.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

	
2.
	
Method of Payment 

The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 and July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and interest) through the Paying Agent by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on a certificated Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

A2-3

 

	
3.
	
Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. 

	
4.
	
Indenture 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 8, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Intermediate Holdings, the Trustee and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Securities Act for a statement of those terms. 

The Notes are secured obligations of the Issuer. The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments; engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets to secure indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments of subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and engage in sale/leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications contained in the Indenture. If and to the extent that any provision of this Note limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Indenture, such provision of the Indenture shall control. 

	
5.
	
Optional Redemption 

Except as set forth below, the Issuer shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes. 

On and after January 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice provided in accordance with the Indenture, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the periods indicated below: 

 

	
Period
	
 
	
Redemption
    Price    
	
 

	
January 15, 2018 – July 14, 2018
	
 
	
105.000
	
% 

	
July 15, 2018 and thereafter
	
 
	
100.000
	
% 

In addition, prior to January 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice provided in accordance with the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to (but not including) the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date). Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to January 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice provided in accordance with the Indenture, in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.000% plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any), remains outstanding after each such redemption and (2) such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof. 

In connection with any redemption of Notes under the Indenture (including in connection with a Change of Control, an Asset Sale Offer or a redemption described in this Paragraph 5), any such redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity Offering, other financing or a Change of Control. In addition, if such 

 

A2-4

 

redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, any of such conditions may be waived, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed. 

	
6.
	
Notice of Redemption 

Notice of redemption will be provided at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 

	
7.
	
Special Mandatory Redemption 

In the event that (i) the Acquisition is not consummated on or prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, (ii) at any time prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, certain conditions in the Escrow Agreement are deemed by the Escrow Issuer to be incapable of being satisfied on or prior to the applicable Outside Date, (iii) at any time prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, the Purchase and Sale Agreement is terminated or (iv) the Initial Outside Date is not extended as set forth in the Indenture (any such event being a “Mandatory Redemption Event”), the Escrow Issuer will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a redemption price equal to 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date to, but not including, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date fixed for such redemption. If a Mandatory Redemption Event occurs, the Escrow Issuer will send the notice of a Special Mandatory Redemption (the “Special Redemption Notice”) within three Business Day following the occurrence of a Mandatory Redemption Event and in no event later than three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date, to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent. The Special Redemption Notice will specify the date fixed for such Special Mandatory Redemption (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”), which date may not be sooner than three Business Days from the date of such Special Redemption Notice and no later than the applicable Outside Date. Concurrently with the delivery of the Special Redemption Notice, the Escrow Issuer will instruct the Trustee to, at the Escrow Issuer’s expense, send (by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC) a notice that a Special Mandatory Redemption will occur on the applicable Outside Date or the earlier date specified in the Special Redemption Notice. Within three Business Days after the Trustee’s delivery of such notice of a Mandatory Redemption Event (or, if earlier, on the applicable Outside Date), the Escrow Issuer will consummate the Special Mandatory Redemption. 

	
8.
	
Put Provisions 

Unless the Issuer has given notice of redemption as described under Article 3 of the Indenture with respect to all the Notes, not later than 30 days following any Change of Control, any Holder of Notes will have the right to cause the Issuer to purchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased plus accrued interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of the Indenture. 

	
9.
	
Guarantee 

The payment by the Issuer of the principal of, and premium and interest on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 

	
10.
	
Security 

The Notes will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. 

	
11.
	
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in 

 

A2-5

 

the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date. 

	
12.
	
Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

	
13.
	
Unclaimed Money 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment. 

	
14.
	
Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of its and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or, in certain cases, U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

	
15.
	
Amendment, Waiver 

The Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement to the extent provided in Article 9 of the Indenture. 

	
16.
	
Defaults and Remedies  

 Article 6 of the Indenture provides for certain Events of Default and remedies with respect to the Notes. 

	
17.
	
Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Securities Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

	
18.
	
No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Issuer or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation; provided, however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor under the Indenture or its Guarantee. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

	
19.
	
Authentication 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

	
20.
	
Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

	
21.
	
CUSIP Numbers 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Issuer have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a 

 

A2-6

 

convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

	
22.
	
Intercreditor Agreement 

Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, among General Electric Capital Corporation, as North America ABL Agent; Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Trustee; Real Alloy Intermediate Holding, LLC; the Issuer; and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture (the “Intercreditor Agreement”). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Trustee and Notes Collateral Trustee, respectively, and on behalf of such Holder. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement, such provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the holders of Lenders Debt to extend credit and such holders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. 

	
23.
	
Governing Law 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

The Issuer will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 

SGH Escrow Corporation 

15301 Ventura Boulevard 

Suite 400 

Sherman Oaks, CA 91403 

Attention: Kyle Ross 

 

 

 

 

 

A2-7

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

					
	
 

	
 

Dated:
	
 
	
 
	
 

Your Signature:
	
 

	
 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, check the box: 

 ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $ 

 

								
	
Dated: 
	
 
	
 
	
Your Signature: 
	
 

	
 
	
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

	
Signature Guarantee: 
	
 

	
 
	
(Signature must be guaranteed)

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

 

 

 

 

 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

	
Date of Exchange
	
 
	
Amount of decrease in
Principal amount of
this Global Note
	
 
	
Amount of increase in
Principal amount of
this Global Note
	
 
	
Principal amount of
this Global Note
following such 
decrease or increase
	
 
	
Signature of 
authorized signatory 
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian

	
*
	
This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

 

 

Exhibit A - 12Exhibit 4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

SGH ESCROW CORPORATION,

as the Company

 

 

 

 

ESCROW AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 8, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Escrow Agent and Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS ESCROW AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into on January 8, 2015 (this “Agreement”), by and between Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacities as escrow agent, depositary bank and securities intermediary (collectively in such capacities, the “Escrow Agent”) and in its capacity as trustee under the Indenture described below, and SGH Escrow Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and acknowledged by Goldman Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“Initial Purchasers”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of January 8, 2015, by and among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as trustee and notes collateral trustee under the Indenture (the “Trustee”), on the date hereof the Company will issue $305.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”).  The Notes are being issued in a private placement (the “Notes Offering”) pursuant to that certain purchase agreement dated as of December 23, 2014 (the “Purchase Agreement”), between the Company, Real Alloy Intermediate Holding, LLC (“Intermediate Holdco”) and the Initial Purchasers.

WHEREAS, the Company intends to use the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Notes as set forth in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the Offering Circular dated December 23, 2014 (the “Offering Circular”), with respect to the Notes.

NOW, THEREFORE, each of the Company, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent hereby agree that, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Escrow Agent will hold in escrow and will distribute Escrow Property (as defined below) in accordance with and subject to the following:

1.  INSTRUCTIONS

	
1.1.
	
Escrow Property.

The initial funds to be deposited with the Escrow Agent will be as follows:

	
(a)
	
Concurrently with the execution and delivery hereof and the issuance of the Notes:

	
(i)
	
as provided in the Purchase Agreement, the Initial Purchasers will deposit with the Escrow Agent $296,478,300.00 (two hundred ninety-six million, four hundred seventy-eight thousand, three hundred dollars and zero cents) by wire transfer in immediately available funds (the “Gross Proceeds Deposit”), which amount represents the gross proceeds to the Company from the Notes Offering; and

	
(ii)
	
the Company (or one of its Affiliates) will deposit with the Escrow Agent $7,008,834.61 (seven million, eight thousand, eight hundred thirty-four dollars and sixty-one cents) by wire transfer in immediately available funds (the “Company’s Deposit”), which amount represents (A) $4,236,111.11 (four million, two hundred thirty six thousand, one hundred eleven dollars and eleven cents) in respect of the interest that will accrue on the Notes from the date the Notes are first issued under the Indenture (the “Issue Date”) to (but not including) February 28, 2015 (the “Initial Outside Date”), plus (B) $2,770,223.50 (two million, seven hundred seventy thousand, two hundred twenty three dollars and fifty cents), which represents the additional amount necessary to redeem the Notes at 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes set forth on the cover page of the Offering Circular pursuant to the Special Mandatory Redemption Provisions of the Indenture and to pay the Purchasers’ Overfund (as defined below) to the Initial Purchasers, plus (C) an amount equal to the estimated fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 1.7 of this Agreement.

As a result of the Gross Proceeds Deposit made pursuant to clause (i) above and the Company’s Deposit made pursuant to clause (ii) above, the aggregate amount deposited with the Escrow Agent on the date hereof will be $303,487,134.60 (three hundred three million, four hundred eighty-seven thousand, one hundred thirty-four dollars and sixty cents) (the “Initial Deposit”), which amount is sufficient to (A) redeem in cash the Notes, in whole and not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon from the Issue Date to (but not including) the Initial Outside Date, (B) pay the Purchasers’ Fees (as defined below) or the Purchasers’ Overfund, as applicable, and (C) pay the fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 1.7 of this Agreement.

The “Purchasers’ Overfund” shall mean $19,455,950.00 (nineteen million, four hundred fifty five thousand, nine hundred fifty dollars and zero cents) (representing an amount equal to the difference between (x) the Gross Proceeds Deposit and (y) the amount determined by multiplying the initial offering price of the Notes set forth on the cover page of the Offering Circular (for absence of doubt, such offering price being 90.827% of the principal amount of Notes sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement) times the principal amount of the Notes sold to pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, such amount being $277,022,350.00 (two hundred seventy seven million, twenty two thousand, three hundred fifty dollars and zero cents)). 

1

 

 

	
(b)
	
The Company may elect on one occasion (such election, the “Outside Date Extension Election”) to extend the Initial Outside Date to May 5, 2015 (the “Final Outside Date”) in a written notice to the trustee and the Escrow Agent to be delivered not later than seven (7) Business Days prior to the Initial Outside Date, so long as concurrently with the provision of such notice, the Company or any of its affiliates deposits in an escrow account under the control of the Escrow Agent an amount (the “Additional Deposit”) sufficient (as determined solely by the Company acting in good faith), when taken together with the amount of the Initial Deposit, to (i) redeem in cash the Notes, in whole and not in part, at a redemption price equal to 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon from the Issue Date to (but not including) the Final Outside Date, (ii) pay the Purchasers’ Fees or Purchasers’ Overfund, as applicable, to the Initial Purchasers and (iii) pay the fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 1.7 of this Agreement.

	
(c)
	
The Escrow Agent hereby agrees to accept the Initial Deposit, and any Additional Deposit, and will hold such funds, all investments thereof, any Distributions (as hereinafter defined) and the proceeds of the foregoing whether consisting of cash or immediately available funds or securities or other financial assets, in the account number 110817-000 maintained by the Escrow Agent (such account, together with any successor account or accounts, the “Escrow Account”), in each case, for disbursement in accordance with the provisions hereof.  The Trustee will be the entitlement holder with respect to the Escrow Account.  The Company will not have any access to the Escrow Account or funds, investments or other assets credited thereto, other than the Company’s limited contractual right to receive the Escrow Property (as defined below) under the circumstances specified in Section 1.4 and the right to direct investments specified in Section 1.3 hereof.  The Initial Deposit, any Additional Deposit, the Escrow Account and all funds, securities or other property now or hereafter credited to the Escrow Account, all investments of any of the foregoing, plus all interest, dividends and other distributions and payments on any of the foregoing (collectively the “Distributions”) received or receivable by the Escrow Agent, less any property and/or funds distributed or paid from the Escrow Account in accordance with this Agreement, together with all proceeds of any of the foregoing are collectively referred to herein as “Escrow Property.”

	
(d)
	
Additionally, if at any time the aggregate amount of the Escrow Property is less than the maximum aggregate amount that may be required to be paid (a) pursuant to clauses (d)(i) and (d)(ii) of Section 1.4 below, to the extent such amounts have not previously been paid, and (b) for the redemption of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon from the Issue Date to (but not including) the Initial Outside Date (or the Final Outside Date if the Outside Date Extension Election will have been made by the Company), the Company will deliver to the Paying Agent, no later than one Business Day following the date on which the Company becomes aware of such deficiency and no later than the applicable Outside Date, an amount equal to such deficiency.

	
1.2.
	
Company’s Limited Rights in Escrow Property; Security Interest.

	
(a)
	
It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement create an escrow with respect to the Escrow Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company shall not have ownership of, or rights in, the Escrow Account or the Escrow Property other than the Company’s limited contractual right to receive the Escrow Property under the circumstances specified in Section 1.4 and the right to direct investments specified in Section 1.3 hereof.

	
(b)
	
As security for the due and punctual payment when due of all amounts that may be payable from time to time under the Indenture and the Notes, now or hereafter arising, the Company hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, a continuing security interest in, and a lien on, all of the Company’s rights, title and interest to, and arising under this Agreement in the Escrow Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.  If, notwithstanding the intention of the parties set forth in Section 1.2(a) hereof, the Company is determined to have any right, title or interest in any of the Escrow Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, then as security for the due and punctual payment when due of all amounts that may be payable from time to time under the Indenture and the Notes, now or hereafter arising, the Company hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, a continuing security interest in, and a lien on, the Escrow Property.  The Company represents and warrants that the security interest of the Trustee in the Company’s rights under this Agreement and, to the extent that the Company has rights therein, the Escrow Property, will at all times be valid, perfected and enforceable as a first priority security interest by the Trustee against the Company and all third parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

	
(c)
	
The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that: (i) the Escrow Account will be treated as a “Securities Account”, (ii) the “Securities Intermediary’s Jurisdiction” is the State of New York, (iii) the Escrow Property (including, without limitation, cash) credited to the Escrow Account will be treated as “Financial Assets,” and (iv) this Agreement governs the Escrow Account and provides rules governing the priority among possible “Entitlement Orders” received by the Escrow Agent as “Securities Intermediary” from the Company, the Trustee and any other persons entitled to give “Entitlement Orders” with respect to such Financial Assets.  The Escrow Agent represents and warrants that the Escrow Agent is a “Securities Intermediary” with respect to the Escrow Account and the “Financial Assets” credited to the Escrow Account.  Except as specifically provided herein, the terms of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, or any successor provision (the “Code”), will apply to this Agreement, and all terms quoted in this clause (c) and clause (e) of this Section 1.2 will have the meanings assigned to them by Article 8 or Article 9 of the Code, as applicable. 

 

2

 

	
(d)
	
The Escrow Agent hereby agrees that all property delivered to the Escrow Agent for crediting to the Escrow Account will be promptly credited to the Escrow Account by the Escrow Agent, subject to Section 1.3(a).  The Escrow Agent represents and warrants that it has not entered into, and agrees that it will not enter into, any control agreement or any other agreement relating to the Escrow Account or the Escrow Property with any other third party without the prior written consent of the Company, the Trustee and the Initial Purchasers. 

	
(e)
	
Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the Escrow Account will be under the control (within the meanings of Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the Code) of the Trustee and, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Escrow Agent will comply with all “Entitlement Orders” and instructions given by the Trustee with respect to the Escrow Account or Escrow Property credited thereto without further consent of the Company or any other person.  The Company shall not have the right to give any Entitlement Orders or instructions with respect to the Escrow Account other than as set forth in Section 1.3 hereof.  If any Entitlement Orders or instructions regarding the disposition of funds held in the Escrow Account given by the Company pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof conflict with any directions or Entitlement Order issued by the Trustee, the Escrow Agent shall follow the orders issued by the Trustee.

	
(f)
	
The Company agrees to take all steps reasonably necessary or as may be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Trustee in connection with the perfection of the Trustee’s security interest in this Agreement and the Escrow Property as set forth in Section 1.2(b) hereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company hereby authorizes the Trustee and the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Trustee to file one or more Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions and filing offices and containing such description of collateral as the Trustee, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Trustee, may determine is necessary or advisable in order to perfect the security interest granted herein.  The Company represents and warrants that it is duly formed and validly existing as a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and is not organized under the laws of any other jurisdiction, and the Company hereby agrees that, prior to the termination of this Agreement, it will not change its name or jurisdiction of organization without giving the Trustee and the Initial Purchasers not more than 60 or less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof and without taking all necessary steps to continue the perfection of the security interest granted herein.

	
(g)
	
Upon the release of any Escrow Property pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof, the security interest of the Trustee (as set forth in Section 1.2(b) hereof) for the benefit of the holders of the Notes will automatically terminate with respect to any such Escrow Property released without any further action and such released Escrow Property will be delivered to the recipient free and clear of any and all liens, claims or encumbrances of any person, including, without limitation, the Escrow Agent, the Trustee and the holders of the Notes.  The Trustee will provide all authorizations reasonably requested by the Company to terminate any financing statements and will execute such other documents without recourse, representation or warranty of any kind as the Company may reasonably request in writing to evidence or confirm the termination of the security interest in such released Escrow Property. 

	
1.3.
	
Investment of Escrow Property.

	
(a)
	
Upon written directions from the Company, the Escrow Agent will invest or reinvest the Escrow Property, without distinction between principal and income, in any of the following securities:

(1)    any investment in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof, in each case, maturing no later than the applicable Outside Date (“Treasury Securities”);

(2)    investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits, in each case maturing no later than the applicable Outside Date, entitled to U.S. Federal deposit insurance for the full amount thereof or issued by a bank or trust company (including the Escrow Agent or an affiliate of the Escrow Agent) that is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500.0 million;

(3)    investments in commercial paper maturing no later than the applicable Outside Date and having, at the date of acquisition, a credit rating no lower than A-1 from S&P, P-1 from Moody’s, or F-1 from Fitch;

(4)    repurchase obligations maturing no later than the applicable Outside Date entered into with a nationally recognized broker-dealer, with respect to which the purchased securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof, which repurchase obligations shall be entered into pursuant to written agreements; and

(5)    money market mutual funds that invest in items (1) through (4) above and are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and operated in accordance with Rule 2a-7 and that at the time of such investment are rated Aaa by Moody’s and/or AAA by S&P, including such funds for which the Trustee or an affiliate provides investment advice or other services,

collectively, “Government Securities”.  The Escrow Agent will credit all such investments to the Escrow Account and hereby agrees to treat any such investment as a “Financial Asset” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the Code.  Alternatively, the Company may direct the Escrow Agent to liquidate the Escrow Property and hold such assets in cash.  The Company hereby initially directs the Trustee to invest the Escrow Property in the Treasury Securities fund identified by the Company in the Mutual Fund Disclosure and Consent dated January 5, 2015.

 

3

 

	
(b)
	
The Escrow Agent will have no liability for any investment losses, fees, taxes or other charges arising from or related to any such investment, reinvestment or liquidation of an investment, reinvestment or liquidation of Escrow Property (including, without limitation, in connection with any delays (not resulting from the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) in connection therewith, or any loss of interest or income incident to any such delay) other than in accordance with Section 2.1 hereof.

	
(c)
	
Instructions regarding investments received by the Escrow Agent after 11:00 a.m. New York City time will be treated as if received on the following Business Day.  Any interest or other income received on such investment and reinvestment of the Escrow Property will become part of the Escrow Property and any losses incurred on such investment and reinvestment of the Escrow Property will be debited against the Escrow Property.  The Escrow Agent shall invest the Escrow Property in Government Securities upon written directions from the Company, as provided in Section 1.3(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent will have the power to sell or liquidate the foregoing investments whenever the Escrow Agent is required to release all or any portion of the Escrow Property pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof.  In no event will the Escrow Agent be deemed an investment manager or adviser in respect of any selection of investments hereunder.  It is understood and agreed that the Escrow Agent or its affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Escrow Agent’s economic self-interest for (1) serving as investment adviser, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, custodian or sub-custodian with respect to certain of the investments, (2) using affiliates to effect transactions in certain investments or (3) effecting transactions in investments.

The parties acknowledge that to the extent regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency or any other applicable regulatory entity grant a right to receive brokerage confirmations of security transactions with respect to the Escrow Property, the parties waive receipt of such confirmations, to the extent permitted by law. The Escrow Agent shall furnish a statement of security transactions made by the Escrow Agent in its monthly reports with respect to the Escrow Account to be provided in accordance with Section 2.1(g).

	
1.4.
	
Distribution of Escrow Property.

Subject to Section 1.2(e), the Escrow Agent is directed to hold and distribute the Escrow Property in the following manner:

	
(a)
	
The Escrow Agent will only release the Escrow Property in the cases specifically provided for in this Section 1.4.

	
(b)
	
Upon the satisfaction of the following conditions, the Company will promptly deliver an officers’ certificate, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto and signed by two Authorized Persons (as defined in Section 3.1 hereof) of the Company, to each of the Initial Purchasers, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, confirming and evidencing that all of the following conditions have been met or will be satisfied concurrently with the release of the Escrow Property (the “Escrow Officers’ Certificate”):

	
(i)
	
all conditions precedent to the consummation of the Acquisition set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement have been satisfied or, subject to clause (iv) below, waived; 

	
(ii)
	
the North America ABL Facility, the Intercreditor Agreement and the German Factoring Facility shall have been entered into on terms consistent with those described in the Offering Circular;

	
(iii)
	
Signature shall have contributed at least $175.0 million (less the amount, if any, of up to $60.0 million of the preferred equity of Signature issued to Aleris Corporation (x) as a portion of the consideration for the Acquisition pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement (the “Seller Preferred Consideration”)) and (y) pursuant to the Backstop Agreement (the “Aleris Backstop Commitment”)) of cash (and in no event less than 30% of the pro forma capitalization of the Company after consummation of the Acquisition (including up to $60.0 million of such Seller Preferred Consideration and the Aleris Backstop Commitment in such calculation as if it were issued by Signature for cash and contributed in cash to Holdings in the form of common equity capital of Holdings)) to the common equity capital of Holdings, which net proceeds Holdings shall have contributed to the common equity capital of the Company (the amount so contributed to the common equity capital of the Company prior to or concurrently with the release of the Escrowed Property, the “Equity Contributions”);

	
(iv)
	
(a) the Acquisition will be consummated substantially simultaneously with the release of the Escrowed Property, in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement as described in the Offering Circular and (b) no provision of the Purchase and Sale Agreement shall have been amended or waived or modified in a manner materially adverse to the holders of the Notes, as determined in good faith by Real Alloy Holding, Inc., without the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding; provided that the granting of any consent under the Purchase and Sale Agreement that is not materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the Notes, as determined in good faith by Real Alloy Holding, Inc., will not otherwise constitute an amendment, modification or waiver;

	
(v)
	
Real Alloy Holding, Inc. and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall have, by supplemental indenture effective upon the release of the Escrow Property, become, or concurrently with the release of the Escrow Property shall become, parties to the Indenture and Real Alloy Holding, Inc. and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall have or concurrently with the release of the Escrow Property shall become party to the Security Documents and Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

4

 

	
(vi)
	
the Initial Purchasers shall have received (a) legal opinions from (i) Crowell & Moring, counsel to the Company, Holdings and certain of the Subsidiary Guarantors substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, (ii) Basham, local counsel to Real Alloy Mexico Holdco S. de R.L. de C.V. in Mexico substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, (iii) Latham & Watkins LLP, U.K. counsel to the Initial Purchasers substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E and (iv) Latham & Watkins LLP, German counsel to Initial Purchasers substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F and (b) customary officers’ certificates from each of the Issuer and the Guarantors in form and substance to be agreed at the time of execution of this Agreement.

	
(c)
	
Promptly upon receipt of (1) the Escrow Officers’ Certificate from the Company and (2) written confirmation by each of the Trustee and the Initial Purchasers of their respective receipt of the same in the form attached to such Escrow Officers’ Certificate, the Escrow Agent will liquidate all investments of Escrow Property then held by it and release all of the Escrow Property as follows (it being understood that if a direction to liquidate the investments is not previously given, there may be no more than one (1) Business Day delay between liquidating the investments and releasing the Escrow Property):

	
(i)
	
first, to Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to wire instructions provided by Goldman, Sachs & Co., $6,100,000.00 (such amount, the “Purchasers’ Fees”); 

	
(ii)
	
second, pursuant to wire instructions to a single entity to be provided by the Company to the Escrow Agent in writing, such amounts as may be specified by the Company to pay a portion of the purchase price for the GRSA Entities pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement; 

	
(iii)
	
third, to the Escrow Agent, an amount in cash equal to amounts owing to the Escrow Agent in respect of unpaid fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent, if any, hereunder; and

	
(iv)
	
fourth, to or as directed in writing by the Company to a single entity, any Escrow Property remaining after distributions in clauses (c)(i), (ii) and (iii) above, by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

	
(d)
	
If (i) the Acquisition is not consummated on or prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the Initial Outside Date (or the Final Outside Date if the Outside Date Extension Election will have been made by the Company) (such date “Escrow End Date”), (ii) at any time prior to the Escrow End Date, the conditions contained in Section 1.4(b) have not been satisfied, (iii) at any time prior to the Escrow End Date, the Purchase and Sale Agreement is terminated or (iv) the Initial Outside Date is not extended pursuant to the terms of an Outside Date Extension Election described in Section 1.1(b), the Company shall deliver a notice (the “Special Redemption Notice”), substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, within three Business Days following the events described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) and in no event later than three Business Days prior to the applicable Outside Date to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, and the Escrow Agent shall liquidate all investments and release all of the Escrow Property on the applicable Outside Date or the earlier date specified in the Special Redemption Notice as follows:

	
(i)
	
first, to Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to wire instructions provided by Goldman, Sachs & Co., the Purchasers’ Overfund;

	
(ii)
	
second, to the Trustee, an amount in cash equal to amounts owing to the Trustee in respect of fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture; and 

	
(iii)
	
third, to the Paying Agent under the Indenture, all remaining Escrow Property to be used for payment to the holders of the Notes in accordance with Section 3.09 of the Indenture (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) and thereafter to be distributed in accordance with Article VI of the Indenture; such release of Escrow Property to the Paying Agent under the Indenture will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in Section 1.6(b) hereof.

	
(e)
	
If the Escrow Agent receives a written notice and instruction from the Trustee that the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes has become immediately due and payable pursuant to Article VI of the Indenture, then the Escrow Agent will, within one Business Day after receipt of such written notice and instruction from the Trustee, liquidate all Escrow Property then held by it and as promptly thereafter release all of the Escrow Property as follows:

	
(i)
	
first, to Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to wire instructions provided by Goldman, Sachs & Co., the Purchasers’ Fees;

	
(ii)
	
second, to the Trustee, an amount in cash equal to amounts owing to the Trustee in respect of fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture; and

	
(iii)
	
third, to the Paying Agent under the Indenture, all remaining Escrow Property to be used for payment to the holders of the Notes, an amount in cash sufficient to pay such accelerated principal amount and interest, if any, thereon, and thereafter to be distributed in accordance with Article VI of the Indenture.

	
(f)
	
Unless the Company will have made the Outside Date Extension Election, if at any time prior to the Initial Outside Date the Escrow Property has an aggregate market value (determined by the Company using publicly available sources) in excess (the “Excess Amount”) of the maximum amount that may be required to be paid (a) pursuant to clauses (d)(i) and (d) ii) of Section 1.4 hereof, to the extent such amounts have not previously been paid, and (b) for the redemption of the Notes at a redemption 

 

5

 

		
price equal to 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon from the Issue Date to (but not including) the Initial Outside Date , the Escrow Agent may release Escrow Property, to the extent of such Excess Amount, to the Company at the option of the Company upon receipt of a written instruction therefor from an Authorized Person of the Company; provided, however, if the Company will have made the Outside Date Extension Election, the Excess Amount shall be the excess market value of the Escrow Property over the maximum amount that may be required to be paid (a) pursuant to clauses (d)(i) and (d)(ii) of Section 1.4 hereof, to the extent such amounts have not previously been paid, and (b) for the redemption of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the initial offering price of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon from the Issue Date to (but not including) the Final Outside Date.

	
1.5.
	
Addresses.

Notices, instructions and other communications will be sent as follows:

 

	
(a)
	
to Escrow Agent:

	
 
	
 

	
 
	
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Attention: Real Alloy Holding Inc. Administrator

	
 
	
Telecopy: (612) 217-5651

	
 
	
 

	
(b)
	
to Trustee:

	
 
	
 

	
 
	
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Attention: Real Alloy Holding Inc. Administrator
Telecopy: (612) 217-5651

	
 
	
 

	
(c)
	
to the Company: 

	
 
	
 

	
 
	
SGH ESCROW CORPORATION
15301 Ventura Boulevard, Suite 400
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
Attention: W. Christopher Manderson, Esq.
Fax: 805-823-1737

	
 
	
 

	
with a copy to:
	
CROWELL & MORING
275 Battery Street, 23rd Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: Murray A. Indick
Fax: 415-986-2827

	
 
	
 

	
(d)
	
to Initial Purchasers:

	
 
	
 

	
 
	
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO.
200 West Street
New York, NY 10282
Attention: Registration Department

	
 
	
 

	
 
	
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
60 Wall Street,
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Leveraged Debt Capital Markets

	
 
	
 

	
with a copy to:
	
LATHAM & WATKINS LLP

	
 
	
 

	
 
	
885 Third Avenue 
New York, NY 10022-4834
Attention: Senet Bischoff, Esq.
Telecopy: (212) 751-4864
E-mail: senet.bischoff@lw.com

 

6

 

	
1.6.
	
Wire Transfer Instructions.

	
(a)
	
Unless otherwise indicated in the Escrow Officers’ Certificate, all cash (including the cash proceeds from liquidation of any Escrow Property) distributed from the Escrow Account to the Company will be transferred by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wire transfer instructions to be set forth in the Escrow Officers’ Certificate.

If, upon termination of this Agreement and after any required liquidation or distribution of Escrow Property for the benefit of any person other than the Company pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof, any Escrow Property consists of assets other than cash and is to be released to the Company, the Escrow Agent shall liquidate such Escrow Property into cash and distribute it to the Company pursuant to this Section 1.6(a).  No request by the Company pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute an “Entitlement Order” or instruction with respect to the Escrow Property prior to the termination of this Agreement.

	
(b)
	
All cash distributed from the Escrow Account to the Paying Agent for payment on the Notes will be transferred by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the following wire transfer instructions:

 

		
	
Bank Name & Address:
	
Wilmington Trust, N.A. (Manufacturers & Traders Trust Co.); Wilmington, DE

	
ABA No.
	
[REDACTED]

	
Account Name:
	
[REDACTED]

	
Account No.
	
[REDACTED]

	
Attention:
	
[REDACTED]

	
(c)
	
All cash distributed from the Escrow Account to Goldman, Sachs & Co. for payment pursuant to clauses 1.4(c), (d) or (e) hereof will be transferred by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the following wire transfer instructions:

 

		
	
Bank Name & Address:
	
Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.; New York, NY

	
ABA No.
	
[REDACTED]

	
Account Name:
	
[REDACTED]

	
Account No.
	
[REDACTED]

	
Attention:
	
[REDACTED]

	
1.7.
	
Compensation.

	
(a)
	
The Company shall pay to the Escrow Agent a fee for its services as set forth on Schedule 1.7 attached hereto and incorporated herein, which shall be subject to increase upon notice sent to the Company, and shall reimburse the Escrow Agent for its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the administration of this Agreement and the Escrow Account.

	
(b)
	
In the event that the conditions of this Agreement are not promptly fulfilled, or if the Escrow Agent renders any service not provided for in this Agreement, or if the parties hereto request a substantial modification of its terms, or if any controversy arises, or if the Escrow Agent is made a party to, or intervenes in, any litigation pertaining to this Agreement or its subject matter, the Escrow Agent shall be reasonably compensated for such extraordinary services and reimbursed for all costs, attorney’s fees, including allocated costs of in-house counsel, and expenses occasioned by such default, delay, controversy or litigation and the Escrow Agent shall have the right to retain all documents and/or other things of value at any time held by the Escrow Agent in this escrow until such compensation, fees, costs, and expenses are paid.

	
(c)
	
If any reasonable fees, expenses or costs incurred by, or any obligations owed to the Escrow Agent (or its counsel) hereunder are not paid in full when due, the Escrow Agent may set off against any Escrow Property released to the Company from this escrow in accordance with Section 1.4 hereof.  The Escrow Agent shall have no right to set off against, and hereby waives any lien it may otherwise have against, any Escrow Property prior to its release from escrow or which is released or to be released to a person other than the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  The Company shall remain liable for any unpaid reasonable fees, expenses or costs incurred by, or any obligations owed to the Escrow Agent (or its counsel) hereunder.

 

 

 

 

7

 

2.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS

	
2.1.
	
Rights, Duties and Immunities of Escrow Agent.

	
(a)
	
Scope of duties.  The duties, responsibilities and obligations of the Escrow Agent will be limited to those expressly set forth herein and no duties, responsibilities or obligations will be inferred or implied.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Escrow Agent will not be required to inquire as to the performance or observation of any obligation, term or condition under any other agreement or arrangement to which the Company or the Trustee is a party, even though reference thereto may be made herein.  The Escrow Agent will not be required to, and will not, expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder.

	
(b)
	
Limitation on liability.  The Escrow Agent will not be liable for any action taken or omitted or for any loss or injury resulting from its actions or its performance or lack of performance of its duties hereunder in the absence of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part.  In no event will the Escrow Agent be liable (i) for any consequential, punitive or special damages, regardless of the form of action and whether or not any such damages were foreseeable and contemplated, (ii) for the acts or omissions of its nominees, correspondents, designees, subagents or subcustodians, so long as the same are selected with due care, (iii) for an amount in excess of the value of the Escrow Property or (iv) for the investment or reinvestment of any cash held by it hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof, including without limitation any liability for any delays (not resulting from its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith) in the investment, reinvestment or liquidation of the Escrow Property, or any loss of interest or income incident to any such delay.

	
(c)
	
Further limitation on liability.  The Escrow Agent will not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Escrow Agent (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or communication facility).

	
(d)
	
Right to consult counsel.  The Escrow Agent may consult with legal counsel of its own choosing, at the reasonable expense of the Company in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, as to any matter relating to this Agreement, and the Escrow Agent will not incur any liability in acting in good faith in accordance with any advice from such counsel.

	
(e)
	
Duty of care.  The Escrow Agent will not be under any duty to give the Escrow Property held by it hereunder any greater degree of care than as specified by the terms of this Agreement and will not be required to invest any funds held hereunder except as expressly directed by the Company in accordance with this Agreement.  Uninvested funds held hereunder will not earn or accrue interest.

	
(f)
	
Collection.  All funds and other property deposited into the Escrow Account or otherwise collected for deposit therein will be subject to the Escrow Agent’s usual collection practices or terms regarding items received by the Escrow Agent for deposit or collection.  The Escrow Agent will not be required, or have any duty, to notify any Person of any payment or maturity under the terms of any instrument deposited hereunder, or to take any legal action to enforce payment of any check, note or security deposited hereunder or to exercise any right or privilege that may be afforded to the holder of any such security.

	
(g)
	
Statements.  The Escrow Agent will provide to the Company, the Trustee and the Initial Purchasers statements, upon request, identifying transactions, transfers or holdings of Escrow Property, and each such statement will be deemed to be correct and final upon receipt thereof by the Company unless the Escrow Agent is notified in writing to the contrary within 30 Business Days of the date of such statement.

	
(h)
	
Disclaimer with respect to Escrow Property.  The Escrow Agent will not be responsible in any respect for the form, execution, validity, value or genuineness of documents or securities deposited into escrow or held hereunder, or for any description therein, or for the identity, authority or rights of persons executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver any such document, security or endorsement.  The Escrow Agent makes no representation as to the validity, value, genuineness or the collectability of any security or other document or instrument held by or delivered to it.  The Escrow Agent will not be called upon to advise any party as to the wisdom in selling or retaining or taking or refraining from any action with respect to any securities or other property deposited hereunder.

	
(i)
	
Ambiguity or uncertainty.  In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by the Escrow Agent hereunder, the Escrow Agent may, in its sole discretion, refrain from taking any action other than retaining possession of the Escrow Property, unless the Escrow Agent receives written instructions, signed by each of the Company, the Trustee and the Initial Purchasers which, in the sole discretion of the Escrow Agent, eliminates such ambiguity or uncertainty.

	
(j)
	
Conflicting claims.  In the event of any dispute between or conflicting claims by or among the Company and/or any other person or entity with respect to any Escrow Property, the Escrow Agent will be entitled, in its sole discretion, to refuse to comply with any and all claims, demands or instructions with respect to such Escrow Property so long as such dispute or conflict continues, and the Escrow Agent will not be or become liable in any way to the Company for failure or refusal to comply with such conflicting claims, demands or instructions.  The Escrow Agent will be entitled to refuse to act until, in its sole discretion, either (i) such conflicting or adverse claims or demands have been determined by a final order, judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, which order, judgment or decree is not subject to appeal, or settled by agreement between the conflicting 

8

 

		
parties as evidenced in a writing satisfactory to the Escrow Agent or (ii) the Escrow Agent has received security or an indemnity satisfactory to it sufficient to hold it harmless from and against any and all Losses (as defined in Section 2.2 hereof) which it may incur by reason of so acting.  The Escrow Agent may, in addition, elect, in its sole discretion, to commence an interpleader action or seek other judicial relief or orders as it may deem, in its sole discretion, necessary.  The costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such proceeding will be paid by, and will be solely an obligation of, the Company.

	
(k)
	
Compliance with judicial orders.  If at any time the Escrow Agent is served with any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process that in any way affects Escrow Property, including but not limited to orders of attachment or garnishment or other forms of levies or injunctions or stays relating to the transfer of Escrow Property (an “Order”), the Escrow Agent is authorized to comply therewith in any manner as it or its legal counsel of its own choosing deems appropriate (but unless prohibited by such order or applicable law shall in any event provide notice thereof to the Trustee and the Company and will provide the Trustee and the Company with reasonable opportunity to respond to any Order); and if the Escrow Agent complies with any such Order, the Escrow Agent will not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person or entity even though such Order may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to have been without legal force or effect.

	
(l)
	
Right to rely on communications.  The Escrow Agent will be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order, judgment, certification, demand, instruction, notice, instrument or other writing delivered to it hereunder without being required to determine the authenticity or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety or validity or the service thereof.  The Escrow Agent may act in conclusive reliance upon any instrument or signature reasonably believed by it to be genuine and may assume that any person purporting to give receipt or advice to make any statement or execute any document in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so.  When the Escrow Agent acts on any information, instructions, communications (including, but not limited to, communications with respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds) sent by facsimile, email or other form of electronic or data transmission, the Escrow Agent, absent gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, will not be responsible or liable in the event such communication is not an authorized or authentic communication of the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, or is not in the form the Company or the Trustee sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise).

	
(m)
	
Right to request instruction.  At any time the Escrow Agent may request an instruction in writing from the Company and/or the Trustee and may, at its own option, include in such request the course of action it proposes to take and the date on which it proposes to act, regarding any matter arising in connection with its duties and obligations hereunder.  The Escrow Agent will not be liable for acting in accordance with such a proposal on or after the date specified therein; provided that (i) the specified date will be at least ten Business Days after each of the Company and the Trustee receives the Escrow Agent’s request for instructions and its proposed course of action and (ii) prior to so acting, the Escrow Agent has not received the written instructions requested.

	
(n)
	
Liability for Taxes.  Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Escrow Agent does not have any interest in the Escrow Property deposited hereunder but is serving as Escrow Agent only and having only possession thereof.  The Company will pay or reimburse the Escrow Agent upon request for any transfer taxes or other taxes relating to the Escrow Property incurred in connection herewith and will indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent with respect to any amounts that it is obligated to pay in the way of such taxes, in each case to the reasonable satisfaction of the Escrow Agent.  Any payments of income from the Escrow Account will be reportable to the Company and subject to withholding regulations then in force with respect to United States taxes.  The Company will provide the Escrow Agent with appropriate W-9 forms for tax I.D. number certifications, or W-8 forms for non-resident alien certifications, as requested.  It is understood that the Escrow Agent will be responsible for income reporting to the Company only with respect to income earned on investment of funds which are a part of the Escrow Property and is not responsible for any other reporting.  The provisions of this Section 2.1(n) will survive the termination of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.

	
2.2.
	
Indemnity.

The Company will be liable for and will reimburse and indemnify the Escrow Agent and its directors, officers, agents, employees and controlling persons (each, an “Indemnified Person”) and hold the Escrow Agent and the Indemnified Persons harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, costs, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) arising from or in connection with or related to this Agreement or being Escrow Agent hereunder (including but not limited to Losses incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with its successful defense, of any claim of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part); provided, however, that nothing contained herein will require the Escrow Agent to be indemnified for Losses caused solely and directly by its or any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The obligations of the Company under this Section shall survive the termination or discharge of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.

 

9

 

	
2.3.
	
Removal of Escrow Agent.

	
(a)
	
The Company may, with the consent of the Trustee, remove the Escrow Agent at any time by giving to the Escrow Agent 15 days’ prior notice in writing signed by the Company.  The Escrow Agent may resign at any time by giving to the Company 15 days’ prior written notice thereof.

	
(b)
	
Within 10 Business Days after giving the foregoing notice of removal to the Escrow Agent or receiving the foregoing notice of resignation from the Escrow Agent, the Company and the Trustee will jointly execute an agreement to appoint a successor escrow agent after selection of the successor escrow agent by the Company.  The Company will cause any successor escrow agent to assume the obligations of the Escrow Agent hereunder.  If a successor escrow agent has not accepted such appointment by the end of such 10-Business Day period or such successor escrow agent has not become so bound, the Escrow Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, deliver the Escrow Property to the Trustee at the address provided herein or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor escrow agent or for other appropriate relief.  The costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with such proceeding will be paid by, and be deemed to be solely an obligation of, the Company.

	
(c)
	
Upon receipt of the identity of the successor escrow agent, the Escrow Agent will deliver the Escrow Property then held hereunder and copies of all books, records, plans and other documents in the Escrow Agent’s possession relating to such funds or this Agreement to the successor escrow agent.  Upon such delivery to the successor escrow agent, the Escrow Agent will be discharged of all obligations under this Agreement and shall have no further duties, responsibilities or obligations hereunder.

	
2.4.
	
Termination.

This Agreement will terminate upon the distribution of all Escrow Property from the Escrow Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.4 hereof.  The provisions of Section 1.7, these Terms and Conditions set forth in this Section 2 and the Miscellaneous provisions of Section 3 hereof will survive termination of this Agreement and/or the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.

3.  miscellaneous

	
3.1.
	
Notices.

All notices and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing in English and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery when delivered personally, or (ii) on the next Business Day after delivery to a recognized overnight courier or mailed first class (postage prepaid) or when sent by facsimile to the parties (which facsimile copy will be followed by delivery of an original by other method of delivery) at the addresses set forth in Section 1.5 hereof (or to such other address as a party may have specified by notice given to the other parties pursuant to this provision).  Whenever under the terms hereof the time for giving a notice or performing an act falls upon a day that is not a Business Day, such time will be extended to the next Business Day.  Attached as Schedule 3.1 hereto and made a part hereof is a list of those persons initially entitled to give notices, instructions and other communications to the Trustee and/or the Escrow Agent on behalf of the Company hereunder (each such representative, and “Authorized Person”).  Schedule 3.1 may be amended from time to time by written notice from the Company to the Escrow Agent and the Trustee, with a copy to the Initial Purchasers.

	
3.2.
	
Representations and Warranties.

	
(a)
	
Each of the Escrow Agent and the Company hereby represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on its behalf and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation.

	
(b)
	
The Company hereby represents and warrants that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company do not and will not violate any applicable law or regulation.

	
(c)
	
The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee that the security interest of the Trustee in the Company’s rights, title and interest to and arising under this Agreement and, to the extent that the Company has rights, title or interest therein, the Escrow Property, will at all times be valid, perfected and enforceable as a first priority security interest by the Trustee against the Company and all third parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

	
3.3.
	
Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Construction.

	
(a)
	
This Agreement WILL be construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

	
(b)
	
The Escrow Agent’s jurisdiction for purposes of Sections 8-110 and 9-304 of the Code will be the State of New York.

 

10

 

	
(c)
	
Each party hereto irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby will be brought in any federal court of the United States of America sitting in the Borough of Manhattan or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located in the City and County of New York, and irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such action or proceeding.  The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any lawsuit, action or other proceeding in any such court, irrevocably and unconditionally waive their rights to any other jurisdiction that may apply by virtue of their present or any other future domicile or for any other reason, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such lawsuit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The parties further agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to such party’s address set forth in Section 1.5 hereof (or directed to it at the address last specified for notices hereunder) will be effective service of process for any lawsuit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court, and such service will be deemed completed 10 days after the same is so mailed.  Each party hereto hereby waives the right to trial by jury in any such lawsuit, action or other proceeding.

	
(d)
	
Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

	
(e)
	
Except as set forth in Section 1.2(c), capitalized terms that are used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.  The term “will” as used in this Agreement shall be interpreted to express a command.  The term “or” is not exclusive.  Words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular.

	
3.4.
	
Rights and Remedies.

The rights and remedies conferred upon the parties hereto and the Initial Purchasers will be cumulative, and the exercise or waiver of any such right or remedy will not preclude or inhibit the exercise of any additional rights or remedies.  The waiver of any right or remedy hereunder will not preclude the subsequent exercise of such right or remedy.

	
3.5.
	
Benefit of the Parties.

This Agreement will be binding upon the parties hereto and each of their successors and assigns.  This Agreement will inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and (subject to Section 3.6 hereof) each of their respective successors and assigns, and the Initial Purchasers, and no other person will have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under, in respect of, or by virtue of this Agreement.

	
3.6.
	
Assignment.

This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of parties hereto may not be assigned except with the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and the Initial Purchasers, and any purported assignment without such consent will be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto expressly agree that any business entity into which the Escrow Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Escrow Agent shall be a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Escrow Agent, shall be a successor to the Escrow Agent hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

	
3.7.
	
Merger.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements in regard thereto.

	
3.8.
	
Amendment.

Except as otherwise permitted herein, this Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written amendment signed by all the parties hereto and the Initial Purchasers, and no waiver of any provision hereof will be effective unless expressed in a writing signed by all of the parties hereto and the Initial Purchasers.

	
3.9.
	
Severability.

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement will in no way affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision, and if any provision is held to be enforceable as a matter of law, the other provisions will not be affected thereby and will remain in full force and effect.

 

11

 

	
3.10.
	
Headings and Captions.

The headings and captions included in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and will have no effect on the interpretation or operation of this Agreement.

	
3.11.
	
Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which counterpart, when so executed and delivered, will be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts together will constitute one and the same instrument.

	
3.12.
	
Anti-Terrorism/Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account with the Escrow Agent. For a non-individual person such as a business entity, a charity, a trust or other legal entity, the Escrow Agent will ask for documentation to verify its formation and existence as a legal entity. The Escrow Agent may also ask to see financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from individuals claiming authority to represent the entity or other relevant documentation.

 

 

 

 

12

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

		
	
SGH ESCROW CORPORATION,
as the Company

	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
/s/ Kyle Ross

	
 
	
Name:  Kyle Ross

	
 
	
Title:  Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

		
	
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
in its capacity as Escrow Agent

	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
/s/ Jane Schweiger

	
 
	
Name:  Jane Schweiger

	
 
	
Title: Vice President

 

		
	
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
in its capacity as Trustee

	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
/s/ Jane Schweiger

	
 
	
Name: Jane Schweiger

	
 
	
Title:  Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged as of the date first written above:

 

		
	
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO.
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
as Initial Purchasers

	
 
	
 

	
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO.

	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
/s/ Michael Hickey

	
 
	
Name:  Michael Hickey

	
 
	
Title:  Managing Director

 

		
	
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

	
 
	
 

	
By:
	
/s/ Ralph Totoonchie

	
 
	
Name: Ralph Totoonchie

	
 
	
Title: Director

 

		
	
By:
	
/s/ Mason Parker

	
 
	
Name:  Mason Parker

	
 
	
Title:  Director

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00239-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00239-of-00352.parquet"}]]